HEALTHCARE
ReadMeFirst
Service Manual for Download
Imaging Services
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes how to
►
•
add the “order list for documentation”.
•
print.
•
add comments.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2
06-2008
Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a
printed manual. See section 1.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 16099429
Copyright © 2008 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
ReadMeFirst
1
Integrating the Order List for Documentation
IMPORTANT:
The “order list for documentation” is not part of the service manual for download.
Purpose of the “order list for documentation”:
To verify the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual.
(1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest.
(2) Select “Order list and Front page → PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for
Documentation”.
(3) Download the “order list for documentation” to your computer.
(4) When creating a paper manual:
Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.
2
Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual
IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.
Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if
available.
Some pages – especially circuit diagrams for equipment – have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 2 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
2.1
Printing single Pages or Chapters
To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:
(1)
Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.
(2)
Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.
Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar
(3)
Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.
(4)
Select "Print".
(5)
Select the page range.
(6)
Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7)
Select “OK”.
Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 3 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
NOTE:
“Shrink to printable area” may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
“reduce to printer margins” or “shrink oversized pages to paper size”.
2.2
Printing the complete Service Manual
To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:
(1)
Select "Print".
(2)
Select “All”.
(3)
Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center"
(see NOTE above).
(4)
Select “OK”.
Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual
3
Adding Comments
•
If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version ≥ 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
•
This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.
Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 4 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
ReadMeFirst
3.1
Exporting your Comments
NOTE:
Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.
(1)
In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".
Figure 5: Drop down menu “Comment & Markup”
3.2
(2)
Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3)
Select “Options - Export Selected Comments”.
(4)
Save the file with any name.
Importing Comments
(1)
In the drop down menu “Comment & Markup” select "Show comments List".
(2)
Select “Options - Import Comments”.
(3)
Browse for the comments file and press “select”.
NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
06-2008
Page 5 of 5
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Service Manual
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
1st Edition*
* For the revision status per chapter please refer to the latest version of the “Checklist for Completeness”
in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879695
eq_00_about manual_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS230.10E
►
About this Manual
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 0 / Page 2 of 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
►
About this Manual
Purpose of this Document
This document provides information on the structure and contents of the
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual.
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.0
1.1
01-2012
Added information about CR 30-Xm.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 0 / Page 3 of 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
►
About this Manual
Chapter Overview
Chapter
0
Order List
0
Generic Safety Directions
1
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures
2
Functional Description
3
Repair and Service
3.1
Machine specific Safety and Repair Information
3.2
Tools and auxiliary Means
3.3
Troubleshooting
3.4
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
3.5
Replacement of Parts
3.6
Adjustments and Calibrations
3.7
Software Menus and Setting
3.8
Software Releases, Patches
4
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
5
Spare Parts List
6
Accessories
7
Field Modifications
8
Manufacturing Standard Modifications
9
Maintenance
10
Service Bulletins
11
Installation Planning
12
Glossary
1
2
3
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 0 / Page 4 of 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
►
About this Manual
Explanation of Notes
Safety relevant Notes
Icon
Signal Word
Situation
CAUTION:
Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or damage to the
equipment described in the manual and/or damage to any
other equipment or goods and/or environmental pollution can
be the consequence.
WARNING:
Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a user,
engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER:
Direct, immediate danger: Death or serious injuries can be the
consequence.
Not-safety relevant Notes
Icon
►
Name
Type of Information
INSTRUCTION:
Indicates an instruction where it is important to follow literally
the described actions.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out
to prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
•
Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action
without having a direct influence on the step or action.
•
Highlights unusual points.
•
Indicates background information.
•
Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
Conventions
Highlighting of Tasks
Task number
Task Description
Remark
(1)
Connect the cable.
(2)
Switch the machine on.
Examples for working steps to be performed in
the listed sequence.
Highlighting of Buttons, Functions and Names within a Task
(1)
Press <F9> or double-click the
<Refresh> button.
Examples are: Menu topics, keyboard keys,
icons, device buttons, commands etc.
(2)
Enter file name.
In this example a file name has to be entered
as term.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 0 / Page 5 of 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1
About this Manual
About this Manual
This Service Manual provides information for the CR 30-X 2nd digitizer with following
type numbers:
•
Type 5175, subtype 200 = CR 30-X 2/60 Digitizer
•
Type 5175, subtype 205 = CR 30-X 2/35 Digitizer
•
Type 5175, subtype 220 = CR White 2/60 Digitizer
•
Type 5175, subtype 225 = CR White 2/35 Digitizer
This Service Manual provides information for the CR 30-Xm digitizer with following type
number:
•
Type 5179, subtype 100 = CR 30-Xm Digitizer
The CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm digitizer is part of the CR system, comprising:
•
Digitizer
•
Cassette(s) with image plate(s)
•
NX workstation
Digitizer
Cassette
517500ab.cdr
NX Workstation
Figure 1
Download
from Agfa
Healthcare
Library
The CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual is available on Agfa HealthCare Library:
Computed Radiography Æ CR Digitizers Æ CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 0 / Page 6 of 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Intended
Use
About this Manual
This device must only be used to scan exposed X-ray cassettes, containing
an erasable image plate (IP).
The digitizer is part of a CR system, consisting of X-ray cassettes with erasable
phosphor image plates and a NX workstation where the X-ray cassettes are identified
and the resulting digital image information is further processed and routed.
This Service Manual does not cover:
•
The CR 30-X type 5175 with subtypes 100, 105, 110, 120 and 125
Refer to CR 30-X Service Manual, DD+DIS150.06E, available on
Agfa HealthCare Library:
Computed Radiography Æ CR Digitizers Æ CR 30-X
•
The NX Workstation type 4403.
Refer to the Service Manuals available on Agfa HealthCare Library:
Computed Radiography Æ CR Workstation Software
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 0 / Page 7 of 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Generic Safety Directions
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
for HealthCare Imaging Products
►
Purpose of this Document
This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant information including
relevant environmental and occupational safety instructions for the Service Engineer.
It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products and part of each Service Documentation as well as
Installation Planning document.
The latest version is available via MedNet, GSO Library path:
General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications => Service Manual
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Revision 1.2:
1.3
07-2009
•
•
•
•
•
•
►
Updated table with laser classification to latest changes of the
corresponding standard. See section 3.3.
Added section Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions.
See section 9.
Added safety note concerning inroom installations of CR equipment
and corresponding X-ray shielding. See section 17.
Added laser safety note and safety note concerning electrical checks
after repairs. See section 19.
Added treatment for Lithium batteries in sections 19 and 21.
Updated information concerning the recycling pass. See section 24.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
Not applicable
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 11849633
eq_generic_safety_directions_e_template_v01
Copyright © 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS238.06E
►
Generic Safety Directions
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2009 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the
equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 2 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
DISCLAIMER......................................................................................................... 5
2
USED ICONS ........................................................................................................ 6
3
LABELS ................................................................................................................. 7
3.1
CE Mark................................................................................................... 7
3.2
System Labels ......................................................................................... 7
3.3
System Labels concerning Laser Radiation ............................................ 8
4
PRODUCT COMPLAINTS .................................................................................. 10
5
REFERENCES .................................................................................................... 10
6
INTENDED USE.................................................................................................. 11
7
INTENDED USER ............................................................................................... 11
8
QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS.......................... 11
9
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS............. 12
10
CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 13
11
ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................ 14
12
COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................... 14
13
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION......................................................... 17
14
RADIATION PROTECTION ................................................................................ 18
15
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION......................... 18
16
GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ....................... 19
17
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES ............ 20
18
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES................................ 22
19
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES ........ 23
20
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................... 26
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 3 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
21
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE
PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................27
22
SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS.................................27
23
SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS .................27
24
RECYCLING ........................................................................................................27
25
WASTE DISPOSAL .............................................................................................28
26
ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI) ...................................28
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 4 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
1
Generic Safety Directions
Disclaimer
The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified
personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.
Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.
No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.
Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with
respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.
Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.
Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you don’t
operate the product correctly or if you don’t have it serviced correctly.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.
NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 5 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
2
Generic Safety Directions
Used Icons
Icon
Name and Circumstances
CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or
damage to the equipment described in the manual and/or
damage to any other equipment or goods and/or environmental
pollution can be the consequence.
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a
user, engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries
can be the consequence.
INSTRUCTION:
If used in combination with the warning or caution sign: Indicates
a specific instruction, which if followed exactly, avoids the
subject of the warning or caution.
If used without warning or caution sign: Indicates an instruction
where it is important to follow literally as described.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action.
Highlights unusual points.
Indicates background information.
Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
Is additional information without influence on the action or step!
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 6 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
3
Labels
3.1
CE Mark
CE Mark
3.2
Generic Safety Directions
This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity)
becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the
manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
System Labels
All system labels and software version number locations are referred to within this service
document in the appropriate section.
Enclosed an overview of common labels, according to ISO 3864.
This list is not complete.
Hot Surface
Obstacles
Laser Beam
Corrosive Liquid
Magnetic Field Ionizing Radiation
High Voltage
Hand Injuries
C&W_005.cdr
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 7 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
3.3
Generic Safety Directions
System Labels concerning Laser Radiation
According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries.
Each laser source is classified from class 1 to class 4, based on standard
DIN EN 60825-1:2007.
The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed
instructions in the user manual and technical documentation.
Class #
Meaning
Class 1:
Not dangerous to the human eye, even
when using optical instruments. Can
nevertheless produce irritating effects,
especially with low ambient light
conditions.
Class 1 M:
Class 2:
Not dangerous to the human eye if no
optical instruments (magnifying glass or
binocular) are used.
Can nevertheless produce irritating
effects, especially with low ambient light
conditions.
Dangerous to the human eye for
intentional staring into the beam.
Not dangerous for short term exposure
< 0,25 seconds.
Using optical instruments does not
increase the risk of eye injury.
Can even for short term exposure < 0,25
seconds produce dazzling and irritating
effects, especially with low ambient light
conditions.
Example Label
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 1M LASER PRODUCT
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM
CLASS 2 LASER PRODUCT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 8 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Class #
Meaning
Class 2M:
Dangerous to the human eye when
staring into the beam or when using
optical instruments (magnifying glass or
telescope). No hazard for short term
exposure < 0,25 seconds (aversion
response of the eye) without use of
optical instruments. Can produce
dazzling and irritating effects even for
short term exposure < 0,25 seconds,
especially at low ambient light conditions.
Class 3R:
Example Label
LASER RADIATION
DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM
OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 2M LASER PRODUCT
Possibly dangerous to the human eye for
direct view into the beam.
Risks of an eye injury is increasing with
duration of exposure.
Can produce dazzling and irritating
effects, especially with low ambient light
conditions.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID DIRECT EYE EXPOSURE
CLASS 3R LASER PRODUCT
Class 3B:
Normally dangerous to the human eye
for direct view into the beam.
Viewing diffuse reflections is normally not
dangerous.
Risk of small skin injuries or ignition of
explosive material if the power of the
laser beam is close to the upper limits of
class 3 B.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
CLASS 3B LASER PRODUCT
Class 4:
Dangerous to the human eye for direct
view into the beam or viewing diffuse
reflections.
Very often class 4 lasers also implicate a
fire hazard.
LASER RADIATION
AVOID EYE OR SKIN EXPOSURE
TO DIRECT OR SCATTERED
RADIATION
CLASS 4 LASER PRODUCT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 9 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
4
Generic Safety Directions
Product Complaints
Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident
Agfa HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written
correspondence to the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com
Agfa – Gevaert N.V.
Septestraat 27
2640 Mortsel, Belgium.
Fax +32 3 444 4485
5
References
Technical Documentation is available via MedNet (PDF) and your local Agfa HealthCare
support organisation (Paper).
Access to MedNet:
IntraNet: http://docs.agfanet/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 10 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
6
Generic Safety Directions
Intended Use
This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.
7
Intended User
This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic X–Ray
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.
8
Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks
This Technical Documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
The Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have
received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product
and applicable environmental and occupational safety matters before attempting to work
with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country.
Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make
sure that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the
force of law.
Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 11 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
9
Generic Safety Directions
Environmental and occupational Safety Instructions
Each Agfa (trained) Field Service Engineer and Clinical Application Specialist:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Must make his or her personal contribution to improve safety and protect the
environment.
When working on a customers site, has a duty to take reasonable care to avoid injury
to himself or herself or to others who may be affected by their acts or omissions.
Is obligated to adhere strictly to regulations and instructions.
Shall familiarise himself or herself with the provisions of the Agfa Healthcare
Health, Safety and Environment Policy and any specific rules or procedures relating to
occupational safety at work and the protection of the environment.
Shall promptly report any near misses, accidents, incidents or dangerous occurrences
to their line manager and co-operate fully in any investigation.
Shall co-operate with company management on matters relating to
health, safety and environment and, where appropriate, discuss with and / or assist
their manager in resolving matters relating to health, safety and environment.
Shall ensure that any company equipment issued to them, or, for which they are
responsible, is correctly used and properly maintained.
Shall wear protective equipment whenever instructed or if it is recommended to do so.
Shall be responsible for good housekeeping in the area in which he or she is working.
Shall report situations, which could put them at risk, on either company or
customers' premises, to their manager or supervisor; and, if warranted, directly and in
confidence, to the Health and Safety Co-ordinator, Global HSE Manager, or ultimately
to the Managing Director.
Shall report any injuries, diseases or dangerous occurrences to his or her line
manager.
Shall report any accidents, incidents or near misses to his or her line manager.
Shall report any situation of which he or she is aware that is potentially dangerous.
Shall comply with any health surveillance procedure instituted for his or her benefit or
for compliance with regulations.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 12 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
10
Generic Safety Directions
Connections to other Equipment
Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare
equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as
compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare
service on request.
Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to
do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and
all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the
hospital.
The Agfa HealthCare products are designed to communicate with other devices in the
hospital network using DICOM protocols.
Connections to other equipment:
Warning:
Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product
may lead to a safety hazard.
INSTRUCTION:
Consult the Technical Documentation before making any connections to other equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
•
•
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.
Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been performed
in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1 harmonized
national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard IEC
60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system Configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 13 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
11
Generic Safety Directions
Accessories and Spare Parts
Parts and accessories replacement:
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.
INSTRUCTION:
12
•
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
•
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
•
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com.
Compliance
Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:
Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)
•
ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The
products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the
conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the
technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended users, they will not
compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of
users.
•
ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY: Full quality assurance system
ISO 13485
•
ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION: The clinical evaluation follows a defined and
methodologically sound procedure.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 14 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Applied Standards for HealthCare Imaging Products
• IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for
basic safety and essential performance
• ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices – Application of risk management to medical devices
• IEC 60601-1-2, It specifies the MANUFACTURER of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME
SYSTEM provides information to the RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION that is essential
in determining the suitability of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM for the
electromagnetic environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment
of use to permit the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM to maintain BASIC SAFETY and
provide its ESSENTIAL PERFORMANCE without disturbing other equipment.
Additional standards for documentation:
IEC 62079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions - Structuring, content and presentation
Harmonization:
Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/
This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document
of the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/ to assist development
of a consistent, harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a
global regulatory model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, user,
patient or consumer, and to Regulatory Authorities and support global convergence of
regulatory systems.
IECEE CB SCHEME
The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system
for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products.
It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations.
Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member
countries of the CB Scheme.
Details see www.iecee.org
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 15 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Radiation of radio frequency:
CAUTION: For USA only:
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference
to radio communication.
Note:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 16 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
13
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Operation
Accessibility of the mains power switch:
CAUTION:
Do not obstruct the mains power switch.
Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully they will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare
service organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this
Technical Documentation.
All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
Ventilation openings must not be covered.
If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.
Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen which
may cause an explosion.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 17 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Usage of an un-interruptible power supply:
Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.
14
Radiation Protection
Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the jurisdiction
in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those authorized by
the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be made of all
radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.
Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.
15
Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection
•
•
Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
SYSTEM parts or ACCESSORIES that can become contaminated through contact
with the PATIENT or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service
documents.
Disconnect the power supply from the equipment prior to cleaning the equipment.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 18 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
16
Generic Safety Directions
General Safety Directions for Service Activities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
The safety directions for operation (see section 13) are also valid for all service
activities.
During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all Allen screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the text.
Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232, RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).
When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a
PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.
Static discharge at electrical components:
CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(Order number: CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this
strap on a grounded conducting metal piece.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 19 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
17
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities
Protecting CR (Computed Radiography) Equipment against scattered X-Rays:
Warning:
Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way,
that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Protecting Film-Screen Systems against scattered X-Rays:
Warning:
Film is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The film-screen system shall be protected against X-ray radiation this way, that the annual
dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Accessibility of the power disconnection device:
Warning:
Electrical device. Shock possible.
INSTRUCTION:
•
Do not position Agfa EQUIPMENT so it is difficult to operate the disconnection device
when an APPLIANCE COUPLER or separable plug is used as isolation.
•
Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 20 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
•
Generic Safety Directions
The device complies with the EN 60601-1, 2006 standard for Information Technology.
This means that, although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact
with the equipment. Therefore the operator console must be placed outside a radius
of 1.5 m around the patient.
R = 1.5m
1.5m
1.5m
Patient environment
•
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
Fixing equipment at the wall or floor:
Warning:
Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.
Floor load:
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.
Fixing equipment at the ceiling:
CAUTION:
Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or
damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 21 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
18
Generic Safety Directions
Safety Directions for Installation Activities
•
If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare
trained personnel.
If damage of the package is visible from the outside contact your local AGFA
representative.
Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care
must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted/carried to avoid injury. The relevant
instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved by
mechanical means or by several people.
When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-cable
disconnecting device in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is
easily accessible.
Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if
accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely.
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g., a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
•
•
•
•
•
Connection of the device to the power supply:
CAUTION:
Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply:
INSTRUCTION:
Prior to connecting the device to the mains:
•
•
•
•
Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 22 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Ground potential differences:
CAUTION:
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.
INSTRUCTION:
19
•
Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power Source as
the PC.
•
When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical environments
a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in different localities.
If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a HAZARD for the
OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities
•
•
•
•
•
•
This Technical Documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa HealthCare service personnel, including the
periods to be applied.
In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 23 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.
INSTRUCTION:
•
Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.
•
Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
•
Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the manufacturer.
•
When removing lithium batteries from the equipment take appropriate measures to
avoid short circuit of the battery:
Either use tape to cover the two poles of the battery or put the battery back in its
original packing and secure the packing by tape.
Performing the electrical test according to national regulations:
WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device or too high leakage current may lead to
electric shocks.
•
After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains voltage
inform the responsible organization 1 about the necessity of the electrical test
according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
•
Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
NOTE:
On MedNet, GSO Library path "General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual" a form “IEC 62353:2007 Test Documentation” for CR Digitizers is
available, to be handed out to the responsible organization (Intranet Link / Extranet Link).
1
Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system. The
accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 24 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Performing service activities at devices emitting laser radiation:
WARNING:
Laser radiation. Eye injury possible.
INSTRUCTION:
•
Strictly observe the warning notes in the service manual of devices emitting laser
radiation (See service manual chapter describing Safety Guidelines / General
Repair Instructions) and at the corresponding steps of instructions.
•
Strictly observe the warning labels at the modules emitting laser light. For the
meaning of the labels refer to section 3.3 in this document.
•
Do not look into the laser beam.
•
Do not open modules containing a laser. Only open modules containing a laser if
explicitly instructed to do so.
•
Do not keep tools in the laser beam unless explicitly instructed to do so.
•
Make yourself familiar with the path of the laser light and the conditions, when the
laser beam is switched on. Refer to the Functional Description in the
corresponding service manual.
•
Do not operate modules with laser outside the device.
Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
Cleaning optical elements:
CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 25 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
Generic Safety Directions
Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.
Opening PCs and Workstations:
Warning:
Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.
• Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.
• Unplug before opening.
• Observe anti-static safety regulations.
Replacing fuses:
Warning:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.
20
Safety Directions for remote Service Activities
Remote Service Activities:
Warning:
During remote service activities images can be lost.
Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to
stop working on the system.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 26 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
21
Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts,
Accessories and Devices
•
•
•
22
Generic Safety Directions
In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)
must be shipped with batteries disconnected.
Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices.
Before returning any spare part with a built in lithium battery remove it and dispose the
batteries locally according to local waste regulations.
Safety Directions concerning Modifications
Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be
implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare.
This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical
safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances,
removal of locks/instructions etc.).
23
Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials
'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or
which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The “Hazardous Material”
instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with
when performing work to avoid health risks.
Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them
are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the
hazardous substances.
24
Recycling
Agfa HealthCare has Recycling Passports available for all equipment. The Recycling
Passport explains whether hazardous materials, special components and batteries are
present, where they are located and how they can be removed at the end of the life cycle.
The Recycling Passports are meant to be used as information for waste treatment
partners and companies that want to recycle end-of-life Agfa equipment.
To get a copy of the required Agfa HealthCare Recycling Passport please contact your
local Sales organization.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 27 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
DD+DIS238.06E
25
Generic Safety Directions
Waste Disposal
On August 13, 2005, the European Directive on Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 2002/96/EC, amended by Directive
2003/108/EC, came into force.
The directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) aims to
prevent the generation of electric and electronic waste and to promote the
reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery. It therefore requires the collection
of WEEE, recovery and reuse or recycling.
This directive has to be implemented into national law by the individual
European countries by August 13th 2005.
Due to the implementation into national law, specific requirements can be
different within the European Member States.
This symbol on the product, or in the manual and in the warranty, and / or on
its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household
waste.
For more detailed information about take-back and recycling of this product,
please contact your local Agfa service organization. By ensuring this product is
disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences
for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by
inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will
help to conserve natural resources.
If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators
please dispose of these separately according to local regulations.
26
Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)
AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized affiliates are responsible for
the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or
parts that are removed from the customer’s site. This also applies to the exchange of
spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or
refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health
Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMS, backup tapes, archive tapes.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
07-2009
Page 28 of 28
Agfa Company Confidential
Generic Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products
Chapter 1
HEALTHCARE
Controls, Connections,
and Setup Procedures
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes:
►
►

All important routines to be carried out prior to putting the machine in operation

Location and function of the controls and connectors of the machine

All routines necessary to put an unpacked machine in operation
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
1.5
05-2013
Changes
compared to previous version 1.4

Added possibility to load digitizer configuration via reboot
with ADC.CPF on USB flash drive. See section 3.3.

Added steps to prevent “Access denied” messages of
the error viewer. See section 5.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS229.10E
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual,
Chapter 11 - Installation Planning
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual,
Chapter 3.2 - Tools and auxiliary means
DD+DIS300.12E
NX workstation Service Manual,
Chapter 4 - Installation and Configuration
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30878384
eq_01_setup_procedure_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 2 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
4
INSTALLATION PREPARATION .............................................................................................4
1.1
Checking Installation Site Prerequisites ...................................................................................4
1.2
Preparing the required Tools ....................................................................................................5
1.3
Unpacking the Digitizer .............................................................................................................6
1.4
Checking the Shipment Completeness.....................................................................................8
CONNECTING THE DIGITIZER TO THE NX WORKSTATION...............................................9
2.1
Connecting the Cables..............................................................................................................9
2.2
Switching on the Digitizer and NX Workstation ......................................................................11
2.3
Taking out the Digitizer USB Flash Drive ...............................................................................12
2.4
Installation of the Error Viewer on the NX Workstation ..........................................................14
2.5
Configuring the NX Workstation with Default Settings ...........................................................15
2.6
Testing Standalone Installation...............................................................................................21
2.7
Filling in Site specific Data ......................................................................................................21
2.8
Checking Software Version.....................................................................................................21
2.9
Configuring the Maintenance Indicator (Optional) ..................................................................22
CONFIGURING THE DIGITIZER AND THE NX WORKSTATION FOR THE HOSPITAL
NETWORK .............................................................................................................................23
3.1
Adapting the Local Settings at the Digitizer ............................................................................23
3.2
Adapting the Communication Parameters at the Workstation................................................24
3.3
Creating the CPF File .............................................................................................................24
3.4
Loading the CPF File to the Digitizer ......................................................................................25
COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION .......................................................................................26
4.1
Checking the Technical Image Quality of the System ............................................................26
4.2
Clearing the Image Queue of the Digitizer..............................................................................33
4.3
Confirming the Installation Date of the Digitizer......................................................................33
4.4
Performing a Backup ..............................................................................................................34
4.5
Storing the USB Flash Drive ...................................................................................................35
4.6
Hand-over of the System to the Clinical Application Specialist ..............................................35
5
APPENDIX: ADAPTING FILE ACCESS RIGHTS FOR ERROR VIEWER < 2.X ...................39
6
INSTALLATION CHECKLIST .................................................................................................45
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 3 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Installation Preparation
This document describes the installation and configuration of the digitizer.
NOTE:
For the installation and configuration of the NX Workstation. refer to Chapter 4 of the
corresponding NX Workstation version in the Agfa HealthCare Library:
Computed Radiography  CR Workstation Software
CR 30-X 2nd is only supported as of NX 2.0.8500 / 3.0.8500.
CR 30-Xm is only supported as of NX 2.0.8600 / 3.0.8600.
For installation instructions of optional digitizer components like “All-in-one Cart”,
UPS or Mobile Kit refer to the accompanying document of the option.
The Installation Checklist in section 6 of this chapter gives an overview of all steps
of the digitizer installation and guides through the complete installation process.
The task overview for preparing installation is listed in following table:
1.1
#
Task Overview
Section
1
Checking installation site prerequisites
1.1
2
Preparing required tools.
1.2
3
Unpacking the digitizer
1.3
4
Checking the shipment completeness
1.4
Checking Installation Site Prerequisites
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
(1)
Confirm that all prerequisites described in the "Installation readiness checklist"
are fulfilled.
Refer to the checklist in CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual chapter 11,
Installation Planning.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 4 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
(2)
(3)
1.2
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Download the following documents from the Agfa HealthCare Library before
starting with the installation:

Solution Structure Data Document, Document ID* 30781759
(Intranet Link / Extranet Link)

CR/DR Interoperability Matrix, Document ID* 31333326,
(Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
Check before installation, if all system components with their hardware and
software versions are compatible to each other.
Preparing the required Tools
Part of digitizer delivery
USB Flash Drive
Spare part number*:
CM+6037431 (CR 30-X 2nd)
CM+6045180 (CR 30-Xm)
1,5 mm Copper Filter
Spare part number*:
CM+9 5155 1015 2
2 mm Al Filter (CR 30-Xm only)
Spare part number*:
CM+9 5148 1090 0
Torx Key TX20
Torx Key TX45
Limit Pattern CD ROM
(CR 30-X 2nd only)
Spare part number*:
CM+9 5175 9160 0
Limit Pattern CD ROM
(CR 30-Xm only)
Spare part number*:
CM+6049480
Polynit wipes
Spare Part Number*:
10+9 9999 1273 0
CR Phosphor Plate Cleaner
Spare part number*:
10+9 9999 1197 0
Not part of digitizer delivery
Lint free cloth
cutter
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
NOTE:
For connection of CR 30-Xm to NX with software version 2.0.8600 / 3.0.8600 the
CR 30-Xm digitizer model file is required. Download the CR 30-Xm model file from the
Agfa HealthCare Library:
Computed Radiography > CR Digitizers > CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 5 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.3
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Unpacking the Digitizer
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 5 minutes
(1)
Compare the labels on the boxes with the customers order list and the
shipping papers.
(2)
Check the packing material for visible transport damage such as:
(3)

Dented edges

Damage on the box

Torn fixing elements (metal straps)
Check the attached safety indicators on the packing boxes.
IMPORTANT:
If the device was tilted, the circle in the
arrow head of the TILTWATCH changes
from white to red.
White field is OK.
Red field is not OK.
STOSSEMPFINDLICH
If the device was subjected to shocks, the
square field in the middle of the
SHOCKWATCH changes from white to
red.
Figure 1

If damages are visible from the outside, inform the carrier. The damage must be
noted down in the handover documents.

If the device should be replaced, contact your local AGFA representative.

If no damage is visible from the outside start installation.
(4)
Unpack the digitizer. The unpacking
instructions are printed on the
digitizer box.
Figure 2 shows an example of the
unpacking instructions.
Figure 2
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 6 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
WARNING:
The digitizer is heavy (72.5 kg; 159.8 lb). Risk of injuries when lifting the digitizer.

At least two persons have to lift the digitizer from one position to the other.

When removing scanner only one person is needed to lift the digitizer from one
position to the other.

Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the digitizer.

Lift the digitizer from the sides only. Do not lift at the feed table.
WARNING:
Excessive vibrations during scanning may decrease image quality.
The structure and stability of the used table need to be suitable in relation with the
size and weight of the system. The table may not be subject to excessive shock and
vibrations from other sources.
(5)
Lift the digitizer from the pallet on the provided table.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 7 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.4
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Checking the Shipment Completeness
(1)
Compare the scope of delivery with the packing list.
Example for packing list:
Quantity
Description
1
Digitizer
1
Packing list
1
Installation report
1
CE declaration of conformity
1
Installation Procedure
(Chapters 1 and 11 of the Technical Documentation)
1
Power cable, Europe 3.00 m
1
Power cable, US 3.00 m
1
Network cable 5 m / 16 feet long
1
1.5 mm CU filter
1
2 mm Al filter (CR 30-Xm only)
1
USB flash drive with Software for the digitizer
(delivered in the digitizer USB flash drive holder)
1
Torx Key TX20
1
Torx Key TX45
1
CD with limit pattern for flatfield evaluation
1
CD with User Manuals in all specified languages**
* RoHS = Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous Substances
** Language: Chinese-simplified, Chinese-traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish,
French, German, Greek, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Thai, Vietnamese, Estonian, Hungarian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Slovak, Slovenian, Turkish
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 8 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Connecting the Digitizer to the NX Workstation
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
This section is split up into the following steps:
2.1
#
Task Overview
Section
1
Connecting the cables.
2.1
2
Switching on the digitizer and NX Workstation.
2.2
3
Taking out the USB flash drive.
2.3
4
Installing the Error Viewer on the NX Workstation.
2.4
5
Configuring the NX Workstation with Default Settings.
2.5
6
Testing standalone installation.
2.6
7
Filling in site specific data.
2.7
8
Checking of the software version.
2.8
9
Configuring the maintenance indicator.
2.9
Connecting the Cables
IMPORTANT:
Do not yet connect the digitizer and NX Workstation to the hospital network.
Connecting the digitizer and the NX Workstation into the hospital network is performed
after checking the stand-alone installation of the system.
NOTE:
The digitizer is delivered with two power cables for US/Europe. If a different cable
is needed, organize it locally.
For more information refer to CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual, chapter 11, Installation
Planning.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 9 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(1)
Connect the mains cable.
(2)
Make a direct network connection
between digitizer and NX.
Power Supply Input
Network
Connector
517501ad.cdr
Figure 3
(3)
Fasten the mains cable and
network cable at the corresponding
cable holder.
5175_C01_001.ai
Figure 4
Observe the following safety note if the NX Workstation is delivered as a laptop.
CAUTION:
The accumulated heat developed by the digitizer and the laptop may affect the
operation of the system.
Do not place the laptop on top of the digitizer.
NOTE:
Due to the workflow of the system it is recommended to install digitizer and
NX workstation close together.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 10 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Switching on the Digitizer and NX Workstation
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Switch on the NX Workstation.
(3)
Login with user "crservice".
ON
5175_C01_002.ai
Figure 5
IMPORTANT:
The digitizer always has to be switched on before the NX workstation, if both of
following conditions are fulfilled:

Digitizer and NX workstation are connected directly via network cable

NX workstation is not configured to store the selected IP address in the NX registry
(menu available for ≥ NX 2.0.8700 / 3.0.8700)
Workarounds to avoid a switch-on sequence:
Possibility 1: Use a network switch to connect digitizer and NX workstation.
Possibility 2: Configure NX to store the selected IP address in the NX registry. See last
step in section 2.5.
Possibility 3: Connect digitizer and NX to the local network. See also section 3.
NOTE:
blue
After switch on a selftest is executed.
green or
red
Status indicator
Erase button
For explanation of the status indicator
colors see table next page.
5175_C01_003.ai
Figure 6
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 11 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Status Indicator
Digitizer Status
Meaning
Blue
Constant
Activating the erasure cycle.
ON if erasure cycle active.
Constant
Stand-by mode (READY)
ON if:
 Ready / Stand-by
 Cassette is ready for removal.
Green
Red
2.3
Flashing
Busy with scanning and
transporting cassette and
image plate.
ON during scan cycle active.
Constant
Service Mode or Service
Required
ON in case of Service Mode or
Service Required.
Flashing

Warm up / Self-test

Processing
Check NX workstation for
further information and detailed
instructions.

Software down
Error resolvable by User.

Error
Taking out the Digitizer USB Flash Drive
(1)
(2)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
A
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 7
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 12 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(3)
Remove two screws (A).
(4)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 8
(5)
Remove screw (A).
(6)
Take out the USB flash
drive (B).
B
A
5175_c35_backup1.cd
Figure 9
(7)
Mount the Top Cover (A, B).
Do not mount the screws yet.
A
B
5175_c35_404.cdr
Figure 10
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 13 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Installation of the Error Viewer on the NX Workstation
(1)
Insert the USB flash drive at the NX workstation.
(2)
Copy the file \ErrorViewer\ErrorViewerInstaller.msi from the USB
flash drive to the NX workstation (e.g. D:\drive)
(3)
Execute the msi file on the NX workstation.
(4)
Follow the installation instructions on the screen.
NOTE:
The error viewer is an interface for the operator of the digitizer. It does not only show
errors, but also digitizer status messages for the user.
IMPORTANT:
For error viewer version < 2.X adapting file
access rights is required.
If the file access rights for error viewer are
not adapted, following symptom appears:
"Access denied" error message whenever
a digitizer message is displayed in the error
viewer running on a ‘Windows 7’ NX
workstation where a standard user is
logged in.
Figure 11
The error viewer version is displayed by keeping the mouse over the error viewer icon.
Adaptation of the access rights can be performed only after setup of a standard NX
user in the Windows operating system.
For file access rights adaptation instructions see appendix, section 5.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 14 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.5
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Configuring the NX Workstation with Default Settings
(1)
On the NX workstation go to:
Control panel
Set:
View by: Small Icons
Figure 12
(2)
Select: Control panel 
Date and Time.
(3)
Adapt date and time.
Figure 13
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 15 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
(4)
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Select:
Control panel  Network
and Sharing Center 
Local Area Connection 
Properties  Internet
Protocol Version 4
(TCP/IPv4)  Properties
Set:
- IP address:
- Subnet mask:
192.192.192.193
255.255.255.0
For detailed instructions refer to
the NX Workstation Service
Manual chapter 4, Installation.
Figure 14
(5)
Select: Control panel 
System  Change Settings
 Change
Set computer name: DefaultNX
Figure 15
NOTE:
For details to the following steps refer to the latest NX Workstation service manual in
Agfa HealthCare Library: <Computed Radiography  CR Workstation
Software>
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 16 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(6)
Copy the application license file (ALF) to the NX workstation directory
C:\AGFA\Healthcare\NX\Configuration\Licensing).
(7)
Enable the ALF-file with the License Manager.
(8)
Start NX Activation Utility from the
desktop..
(9)
During the "Activation process"
change the “Available Dose Types”
from <LGM> to <EI>.
(10) Select <None> as "Available Twain
Digitizer" and follow the
instructions on the screen.
(11) Start the NX Configuration Tool.
Figure 16
(12) Go to: General Settings  Configure Workstation Settings 
Workstation Settings
(13) Depending on the digitizer software version, adapt the workstation settings as
shown in following table:
Note, that CR 30-X 2nd digitizers delivered since 02-2012 have software
≥ CIR_1203 installed ex factory.
#
Parameter
Value for CR 30-X 2nd
SW < CIR_1203
Value for CR 30-X 2nd SW ≥
CIR_1203 and CR 30-Xm
1
ID station name
DefaultNX
DefaultNX
2
Performed Station AE Title
NX_DefaultNX
NX_DEFAULT
3
Processing station name
local host
local host
4
Port
104
104
5
Default Modality
CR
CR
6
Fast Preview Settings - AE
Title
FAST_DefaultNX
FAST_DEFAULT
7
Fast Preview Settings Port number
3729
3729
8
Enable Fast-ID
Checkbox must be
activated
Checkbox must be activated
9
Fast ID - AE Title
FASTID_DEFAULTNX
IDEN_DEFAULT
10
Fast ID - Port number
3216
3216
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 17 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Following step is required only, if the digitizer is connected to the NX via direct
network cable connection (“point-to-point”):
(14) Go to NX configurator screen: Devices  General Settings 
Workstation Settings  IP Address .. Advanced
(15) Select the IP address and select the checkbox: Store the selected IP
Address in the NX Registry Entry
Figure 17
NOTE:
In the NX Configuration Tool the workstation IP address and Subnet mask are not
editable. Make sure that the correct IP address and Subnet mask are indicated as
configured in step (4) of this section.
(16) Go to Devices  Digitizer in the NX Configuration Tool.
(17) Enter the data for Recovery Exposure Types according to the customer
needs. Example:
- Age Group
17+
- Exam Group:
Chest
- Exposure Type:
Chest PA
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 18 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(18) In the same window select <New>
to add a new digitizer.
(19) Enter following data in the "Add
Digitizer" window.
- Name: DIG_DEFAULT
- Type: CR 30-X DICOM or
CR 30-Xm
Figure 18
See also NOTE below:
NOTE:

Digitizer type CR 30-X DICOM corresponds to CR 30-X 2nd.

In software NX 2.0.8600 / 3.0.8600 the Mammography digitizer CR 30-Xm is not in
the list of digitizer types. To add the CR 30-Xm in the list proceed as follows:
Step 1:
Download the CR 30-Xm model file from the Agfa HealthCare Library:
Computed Radiography > CR Digitizers > CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm
Step 2:
Copy the model file to the NX workstation (e.g. D:\ drive)
Step 3:
In the "Add digitizer" screen (see Figure 18) upload and select the model file.
(20) Adapt the digitizer settings as shown in following table:
Note, that CR 30-X 2nd digitizers delivered since 02-2012 have software
≥ CIR_1203 installed ex factory.
#
Parameter
Value for CR 30-X 2nd
SW < CIR_1203
Value for CR 30-X 2nd SW ≥
CIR_1203 and CR 30-Xm
1
Name:
DEFAULTDXM
DIG_DEFAULT
2
Enable Fast ID
Checkbox must be activated
Checkbox must be activated
3
Device settings:
IP Address
192.192.192.192
192.192.192.192
4
Device Settings:
AE Title:
DEFAULTDXM
DIG_DEFAULT
5
Device settings:
Default Router
192.192.100.1
192.192.192.1
6
Device settings:
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 19 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(21) Enter the data in the Device Configuration  Digitizer 
Emergency Procedure window according to the customer needs.
The following table just shows an example:
#
Parameter
Value
1
Age Group:
17+
2
Exam Group:
Chest
3
Exposure Type:
Chest PA
(22) Select in the NX Configuration Tool Menu:
Devices  ID Tablet Configuration  ID Tablet
(23) Select: <Delete>
(24) Select in the NX Configuration Tool Menu:
User Interface  Editing Settings  Configure Normal Mode
& Print Mode
(25) Following step is only required for NX software version < NX 2.0.8700 /
3.0.8700: Change value for Content: LGM:(0018,1405) to
EI:(0018,1411)
(26) Activate the configuration. This will restart the NX Software.
After the reboot of the NX workstation the red blinking LED at the digitizer
changes to green. This indicates a connection to the NX workstation.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 20 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.6
2.7
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Testing Standalone Installation
(1)
Insert an unexposed cassette in the digitizer.
(2)
Identify the cassette: Scanning starts.
(3)
Check, if the image arrives at the NX Workstation:

If the image arrives at the NX Workstation, the system works and the
installation was successful.

If the image did not arrive at the NX Workstation, troubleshoot as described
in CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual, chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting.
Filling in Site specific Data
(1)
Select: <Site Specific Data>
(2)
Enter the site specific data.
(3)
Select <OK> to save the data.
(4)
Select <cancel> at request to
renew the external backup.
Figure 19
2.8
Checking Software Version
(1)
Select: <Main Device Info>
Figure 20
(2)
Check software version.
Make sure that the latest software version is installed. For more information how
to perform a software upgrade refer to the installation instructions which are
enclosed to the software on the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 21 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.9
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Configuring the Maintenance Indicator (Optional)
NOTE:
Only perform the following steps if you want to activate the maintenance indicator.
(1)
Select: <Maintenance Indicator>
(2)
Active the maintenance indicator (default = Off).
“On” (checkbox selected) means:

Customer will be reminded daily or when starting the Control PC
to perform a preventive maintenance via following message:
o
"Maintenance interval will expire within a short time. Please contact
service."
This message appears approximately 12 weeks before the defined
maintenance due date or due cycles (Default: 2 years / 30.000 cycles)
are reached.
o
"Maintenance interval expired. Please contact service."
This messages appears, when the maintenance due date or
due cycles are expired is counter is reached.
“Off” means:

(3)
Maintenance indicator is deactivated. The customer will not be reminded to
perform a preventive maintenance.
If required adapt the target values for "Operating hours" and "Cycles" according
to the local terms of the service agreement.
Figure 21
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 22 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Configuring the Digitizer and the NX Workstation for the
Hospital Network
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
3.1
Adapting the Local Settings at the Digitizer
(1)
Select <Digitizer Settings> and adapt following parameters:
 Date
 Time
 User Interface Language (language of the user messages in the error
viewer)
Figure 22: Digitizer settings screen for software ≤
nd
CIR_1203 (for CR 30-X 2 ) and ≤ CIRM_1201
Figure 23: Digitizer settings screen for software >
CIR_1203 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and > CIRM_1201
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 23 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.2
3.3
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Adapting the Communication Parameters at the Workstation
(1)
On the NX Workstation go to the Windows control panel and configure IP
address, subnet mask and computer name with the information provided by the
hospital.
For detailed instructions refer to chapter 4 of the NX Workstation Service Manual.
(2)
Start the NX Configuration Tool.
(3)
Adapt the Workstation settings and the digitizer settings with the information
provided by the hospital..
Creating the CPF File
(1)
Insert the digitizer USB flash drive
into the USB Port of the NX
Workstation.
(2)
Go to NX configurator screen:
Devices  Digitizer
Configuration 
Digitizer.
(3)
Click on <Create CPF> and save
the file on the USB flash drive root
folder.
(4)
Activate the configuration via
menu: File  Activate
Configuration
Figure 24
(5)
Navigate to directory \CIRXXXXX
on the USB flash drive.
(6)
Double-click file
InstallCPF.cmd
(7)
Press any key to continue.
(8)
Release the USB flash drive from
the NX Workstation
Figure 25
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 24 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.4
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Loading the CPF File to the Digitizer
(1)
Insert the USB flash drive at the
digitizer.
(2)
Switch on the digitizer: The
digitizer boots-up and resets
automatically after approx.
1 minute.
(3)
Wait until the 2nd boot-up is
finished.
5175_c35_094
Figure 26
(4)
Connect NX workstation and
digitizer to the local network.
(5)
Switch on the digitizer.
(6)
Enter the new digitizer IP address
in the browser address window:
If the digitizer service GUI appears,
this is the proof that the reconfiguration was successful.
517501ha.cdr
Figure 27
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 25 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Completion of Installation
This section describes the tasks that are required to prepare the digitizer for hand-over
to the clinical application specialist.
#
Task
Section
1
Checking the technical image quality of the digitizer.
4.1
2
Deleting the image queue.
4.2
3
Confirming the installation date of the digitizer software.
4.3
4
Performing a backup.
4.4
5
Storing the USB flash drive in its cover.
4.5
6
Handing-over the system to the Clinical Application
Specialist.
4.6
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
4.1
Checking the Technical Image Quality of the System
4.1.1
Selecting the required Cassettes
Selecting the cassettes and modality for exposure of the flatfield(s) depends on the
application type of the installed system:
Application
Type
Required Cassette
Exposure at
Modality Type
Genrad only

Largest available Genrad cassette
Genrad
Genrad and
Mammography

Largest available Genrad cassette and
Genrad

Mammography cassette 24x30 cm and

Mammography cassette 18x24 cm (if
available)

Mammography cassette 24x30 cm and

Mammography cassette 18x24 cm
(if available)
Mammography
only
Mammography
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 26 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.1.2
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Checking the Image Plate(s) before Exposure
(1)
Open the cassette with the
dedicated key or a pen.
517509ag.cdr
Figure 28
(2)
Open the shutter.
(3)
Turn the cassette around, so that
the black tube side is above.
(4)
1
2
Let the black tray and image plate
slide out carefully onto the table.
1
517509ad.cdr
Figure 29
(5)
Put the black tray with the image
plate onto the cassette.
(6)
Check the image plate for any
contaminations or signs of damage
(e.g. dust particles, scratches).
Figure 30
(7)
If the image plate is contaminated clean it with CR Phosphor Plate Cleaner and a
soft lint-free cloth or Polynit wipes.
If the image plate is damaged take another cassette and inform the customer.
IMPORTANT:
When using CR Phosphor Plate Cleaner: Do not pour the CR Phosphor
Plate Cleaner directly on the image plate. Always pour the CR Phosphor
Plate Cleaner on the lint-free cloth.
(8)
Wait approximately 10 minutes until the surface is dry.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 27 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Verify that the white phosphor side
is oriented to the black tube side
of the cassette.
(10) Put the image plate back into the
cassette so that the shutter does
not scratch over the image plate.
1
White phosphor side
2
Black tube side of the cassette
517509af.cdr
Figure 31
(11) Insert the key or a pen into the cassette.
(12) Close the shutter
(13) Remove the key.
4.1.3
Erasing the Cassette
(1)
Press the Erase button.
The Digitizer switches to erase
mode. The status indicator is
continuously lighting up in blue.
5175_c01_006.ai
Figure 32
(2)
Put the cassette in the digitizer:
Erasing starts.
5175_c01_005.ai
Figure 33
(3)
Remove the cassette with the erased image plate from the cassette output.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 28 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.1.4
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Creating the Flatfield Test Image at a Genrad Modality
NOTE:
Use a Genrad modality for exposure of the cassette(s), if the system is used for
Genrad or mixed use (Genrad and Mammography). For details refer to section 4.1.1.
(1)
Mount the 1,5 mm Cu-filter at the
modality
(2)
Place the Genrad cassette with the
black side facing up.
(3)
Ensure that the entire image plate
is fully exposed. The collimated
field must be larger than the image
plate.
Cu filter
1,3 m
Black side
facing up
Collimated
area
5175_c36_001.cdr
Figure 34
(4)
Select the following exposure parameters to obtain a dose of 10 µGy:




12 mAs
75 kVp
1.3 m (51,2”) distance
Large focus
(5)
Expose the cassette.
(6)
Turn the cassette 180° (black side still facing up).
(7)
Expose the cassette again.
After the second exposure the cassette has been exposed in total
with a dose of approximately 20 µGy.
(8)
Repeat steps (2) to (7) with the Mammography cassettes (both formats, if
available).
(9)
Remove the Cu-filter from the X-ray device.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 29 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.1.5
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Creating the Flatfield Test Image at a Mammography Modality
NOTE:
Only use a Mammography modality for exposure of the cassette(s), if the system is
used for Mammography exclusively.
If the system is used for Genrad, too, make all exposures for the flatfield image at the
Genrad modality.
For details refer to section 4.1.1.
(1)
Using adhesive tape, mount the
Al-filter at the modality.
(2)
Insert the Mammography cassette
with the black side facing up.
Figure 35
(3)
Select the following exposure parameters:



200 mAs
28 kVp
Mo / Mo
(4)
Expose the cassette.
(5)
Repeat the exposure for the other cassette format, if available.
(6)
Remove the Al-filter from the X-ray device.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 30 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.1.6
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Scanning the Flatfield Image
(1)
Insert the exposed cassette in the digitizer.
(2)
At the NX workstation select the examination type:
For Genrad: <System Diagnosis  Flatfield> or
For Mammography: <System Diagnosis Mammo  Flatfield Mammo>
(3)
Identify the cassette.
(4)
Wait until the digitizer has finished the scan process.
(5)
Print the image or send it to the archive (depending on what is available).
IMPORTANT:
By selection of examination type "System Diagnosis", the correct settings for image
processing of the flatfield are used. Any other examination type may give a result which
cannot be used to evaluate the flatfield image.
4.1.7
Checking the Images at the Lightbox or Viewing Station
NOTE:
Checking the images and comparing to the limit patterns may only happen on
lightboxes and viewing stations that comply with the specified installation and
configuration conditions for diagnostic reading. For details please refer to the
respective instructions of the viewing stations / light boxes.
NOTE:
The slow scan direction is always parallel to the short side of the image plate
(except 35 x 35 cm cassettes). Due to the hanging protocol* the appearance of the
saved flatfield might differ from the physical orientation of the cassette as it has
entered the digitizer.

The hanging protocol (DICOM expression) defines the format and presentation
how the images are displayed on the monitor.
43 cm
30 cm
30 cm
24 cm
Slow scan 35 cm
direction
24 cm
15 cm
18 cm
517509ab.cdr
Figure 36
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 31 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
(1)
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Check the image quality of the flatfield for the following artifacts:

Stripes in fast scan or slow scan direction

Large area inhomogeneities

Unacceptable number of white dots.
Evaluation:
(1)
If the scanned flatfield does not show one of the artifacts, no further action
is required.
(2)
If the scanned flatfield shows one of the artifacts compare the flatfield with the
limit pattern. For detailed instructions refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting.
IMPORTANT:
If a FLFS cassette for flatfield exposure is used, the image will be slightly darker
in the upper and lower image area where the backscatter protection is removed
(approximately 1 cm each). These darker zones also have to be used for image
quality evaluation in slow scan and fast scan direction.
Flatfield with Genrad Cassette
Flatfield with FLFS Cassette
Effect exaggerated
Genrad Cassette
FLFS Cassette
Backscatter
Protection
FLFS
10 mm
10 mm
FLFS
Figure 37
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 32 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.2
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Clearing the Image Queue of the Digitizer
NOTE:
In some cases it is possible, that test images were not transferred and stay in the
queue of the digitizer. With this step it is ensured that the image queue is empty before
hand-over of the digitizer to the customer.
(1)
Select service menu: <Clear Image
Queue>
(2)
Select: <Clear Image Queue>.
(3)
Click: <OK>
Figure 38
4.3
Confirming the Installation Date of the Digitizer
(1)
Click <Logout>.
(2)
Select <Installation> and click: <Yes>
Figure 39
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 33 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Confirm completion of installation by clicking: <Yes>
Figure 40
4.4
Performing a Backup
(1)
Pull out the cassette unit.
(2)
Plug the USB flash drive into
the USB slot of the digitizer.
(3)
Close the cassette unit.
5175_c35_094a.cdr
Figure 41
(4)
In service menu <Backup>
select <Complete backup>
and <SAVE TO USB>.
(5)
Unplug the USB flash drive
when the message is
displayed: Remove USB
flash drive.
Figure 42
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 34 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.5
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Storing the USB Flash Drive
(1)
Open the cassette unit.
(2)
Remove the top cover.
(3)
Put the USB flash drive (A) in
its box and mount the
screw (B).
(4)
Mount the top cover.
(5)
Close the cassette unit.
A
B
5175_c35_backup5.cdr
Figure 43
4.6
Hand-over of the System to the Clinical Application Specialist
(1)
Inform the Clinical Application Specialist about:

Completion of technical installation

Any irregularities during the installation

The required activities as described in following table
#
Activity
Section
1
In case the system is used for Mammography: Perform
Mammography specific tasks.
4.6.1
2
Setup connectivity to additional system components
(RIS, PACS, Hardcopy, etc.).
4.6.2
3
Customize system components according to customer
preferences.
4.6.3
4
Train the customer.
4.6.5
5
Perform further activities depending on local regulations.
4.6.6
NOTE:
To get access to the Agfa HealthCare Library or to get a copy of the required
documents contact your local service manager.
External partners: Contact your local Agfa representative.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 35 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.6.1
Performing Mammography specific Configurations and Tests
(1)
4.6.2
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
In case the system is used for Mammography: Perform Mammography specific
configurations and tests.
For details see the Service Manual "CR Mammography Solution based on
CR30-Xm" on the Agfa HealthCare Library > Computed Radiography >
CR Mammography Systems > CR Mammo Solution (CR 30-Xm)
Setup of Connectivity to additional System Components
(2)
Use the corresponding connectivity release documents for setup of additional
system components, see Agfa HealthCare Library path*:
<General Info  Connectivity & Application>
* External partners: Contact your local Agfa representative.
(3)
4.6.3
Setup the connectivity to the additional system components as described in
the connectivity release documents.
Customizing System Components according to Customer Preferences
For instructions how to customize the system components refer to the corresponding
connectivity document and service manual of the system component.
4.6.4
Adapting File Access Rights for the Error Viewer
Adapting file access rights is required for
error viewer version < 2.X only.
If the file access rights for error viewer are
not adapted, following symptom appears:
"Access denied" error message whenever
a digitizer message is displayed in the error
viewer running on a ‘Windows 7’ NX
workstation where a standard user is
logged in.
Figure 44
The error viewer version is displayed by keeping the mouse over the error viewer icon.
For file access rights adaptation instructions see appendix, section 5.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 36 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.6.5
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Customer Training
4.6.5.1
(1)
Hand-over the user manuals. The user manuals are also available on CD ROM
which is part of delivery.
(2)
Train the customer in following activities:

Operating the digitizer, see section 4.6.5.1.

Usage of plates and cassettes, see section 4.6.5.2.
Training for Operating the Digitizer
Following items have to be part of the training for digitizer operation:








The user interface (Status indicator / error viewer at NX workstation)
Switching on/off/reset the digitizer
Power and network connector
Boot-up procedure
Basic workflow
Erasing image plates
Retrieving Information about the digitizer
Troubleshooting and errors during operation
NOTE:
For more information refer to the CR 30-X 2nd User Manual.
For NX workstation specific training refer to the NX workstation user documentation.
4.6.5.2
Training for Usage of Plates and Cassettes
Following items have to be part of the training for usage of plates and cassettes:

Labels and functional elements of the cassettes

How to detect Full Leg / Full Spine Cassettes (if available on site)

First use and normal operation

Storage and transport

Operating conditions

Cleaning
NOTE:
For more information refer to the user manual "CR 30-X/CR 30-Xm Plates and
Cassettes".
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 37 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4.6.6
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Performing further Activities depending on local Regulations
Enclosed a list of possible activities depending on local regulations:
This list is just an example.
#
Activity
Reference
1
Electrical check
IEC 62353:2007 Test Documentation on
the Agfa HealthCare Library (Extranet Link /
Intranet Link)
2
Acceptance Test
Example for Germany: DIN6868
(1)
Contact your local service manager concerning the activities which are required
due to local regulations.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 38 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
5
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Appendix: Adapting File Access Rights for Error Viewer < 2.X
The following procedure solves following problem (also described in CR 30-X 2nd, CR
30-Xm SB05, DD+DIS103.12E).
Symptom
Whenever a digitizer message is displayed in the error viewer, a Windows error
message shows up, indicating a file access problem.
Example error messages:
Error
Error
There is a problem saving the configuration file. Err = An error
occured loading a configuration file: Access to the path
'C:\Program Files\Agfa HealthCare\ErrorViewer\vqgjjvwd.tmp' is
denied. (C:\Program Files\Agfa
HealthCare\ErrorViewer\ErrorViewer.exe.config)
There is a problem saving the config file to
C:\ProgramData\Agfa\ErrorViewer\Config\
ErrorViewer.config, access is denied
OK
OK
Figure 45
The indicated problem does not affect the operation of the digitizer or the NX
workstation: The user has to perform the additional step to close the Windows
message box.
The error message appears with the error viewer version < 2.X.
Only Windows 7 PCs are affected.
Cause
Solution
Missing File Access Rights.
Workaround:
Adjust security settings for the path indicated in the error message.
See next pages.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 39 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Checking the affected Path
(1)
Log in as a standard NX user.
(2)
Switch off/on the digitizer.
(3)
Wait until the digitizer boot-up message is shown.
Additionally an error indicating a file access problem shows up.
(4)
Write down the path with file access problems.
Adjusting File Access Rights for the Error Viewer
(1)
Log off the current user and login
as Windows administrator (e.g.
user “crservice”).
(2)
Right-click on the error viewer
icon
(3)
in the task bar.
Select: <Exit>
Figure 46
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 40 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(4)
Go to: Start > Control
Panel > Folder Options
(5)
Select the "View" tab.
(6)
Select: "Show hidden files,
folders
and drives"
(7)
Click: <Apply>
(8)
Close the folder options menu.
Figure 47
(9)
With the Windows Explorer
navigate to the ErrorViewer
directory which is mentioned in
the error code, e.g. C:\Program
Files\Agfa
Healthcare\ErrorViewer.
See also NOTE below.
(10) Right-click on the directory and
select Properties.
Figure 48
NOTE:
If the error message indicates a subdirectory under the ErrorViewer directory do not select
this subdirectory.
Example: The error message indicates access problems in following directory:
C:\Program Files\Agfa Healthcare\ErrorViewer\Config
In this case select directory:
C:\Program Files\Agfa Healthcare\ErrorViewer
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 41 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(11) Select tab: Security
(12) Select: <Advanced>
Figure 49
(13) Click: <Change Permissions>
Figure 50
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 42 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
(14) Select: "Users (XXXXXX)"
(15) Click: <Edit>
Figure 51
(16) Select: Full Control
(17) Click: <OK>
(18) Click: <Apply>
(19) Click <OK> (3 times).
Figure 52
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 43 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Restarting the Error Viewer
(1)
Go to: Start > All Programs >
Startup
(2)
Click: <ErrorViewer>
Figure 53
Verification
(1)
Log off the user "crservice" and log-in as standard NX user.
(2)
Switch off/on the digitizer:

After approx. 0,5 minutes the Error Viewer indicates the start-up of the digitizer.

No additional windows error message shows up.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 44 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
6
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Installation Checklist
#
Step
Reference
Okay
Task
code*
Installation Prerequisites
1.
Check installation site prerequisites.
1.1
PRI**
2.
Prepare the required tools.
1.2
PRI
3.
Unpack digitizer.
1.3
INS***
4.
Check shipment completeness.
1.4
INS
Connecting the Digitizer to the NX Workstation
5.
Connect cables.
2.1
INS
6.
Switch on the digitizer.
2.2
INS
7.
Take out the digitizer USB flash drive
2.3
INS
8.
Install the error viewer
2.4
INS
9.
Configure the NX workstation with default
settings.
2.5
INS
10. Test the standalone installation.
2.6
INS
11. Fill in site specific data.
2.7
INS
12. Check software version.
2.8
INS
13. Configure the Maintenance Indicator (Optional).
2.9
INS
Configuring the Digitizer and the NX Workstation for the Hospital Network
14.
Adapt local settings and network settings at the
digitizer
3.1
INS
15.
Adapt communication parameters at the NX
workstation.
3.2
INS
3.3
INS
16. Create CPF file and load it to the digitizer.
* Task Code, only applicable for Agfa employees
** PRI = Pre-Installation
*** Ins = Installation task
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 45 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
#
Controls, Connections, and Setup Procedures
Step
Reference
Okay
Task
code*
Completion of Installation
17. Check technical image quality of the digitizer.
4.1
INS
18. Check technical image quality of the digitizer.
4.2
INS
19. Confirm the installation date of the digitizer.
4.3
INS
20. Perform a backup.
4.4
INS
21. Store USB flash drive in its cover
4.5
INS
4.6
INS
In case the system is used for Mammography:
23. Perform Mammography specific configurations
and tests.
4.6.1
ASC
24.
Setup connectivity to additional system
components (RIS, PACS, Hardcopy, etc).
4.6.2
ASC
25.
Customize system components according to
customer preferences.
4.6.3
ASC
4.6.5
ATR***
4.6.6
ABA****
22.
Hand-over the system to the Clinical Application
Specialist.
Further activities:
26. Train the customer.
27.
Perform for further activities depending on
local regulations.
*
Task Code, only applicable for Agfa employees
** ASC = Configuration & Customization
*** ATR = Customer training
***** ABA = Acceptance Testing
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 5
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 1 / Page 46 of 46
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2
Functional Description
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document explains the functional principle including the functions of the individual
assemblies under normal conditions.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
1.1
02-2012
Added CR 30-Xm.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30878385
eq_02_functional_e_template_v07
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Functional Description
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or
maintenance task on the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type ‘Order List’ in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 2
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
THE CR 30-X SYSTEM IN A NUTSHELL ................................................................................4
1.1
System Overview ......................................................................................................................4
1.2
Intended Use of the Digitizer.....................................................................................................5
1.3
Applications...............................................................................................................................5
1.4
Main Components of the Digitizer.............................................................................................6
1.5
Main Functions of the NX Workstation .....................................................................................7
1.6
Main Components of the Cassette with Image Plate................................................................8
2
WORKFLOW OF THE CR 30-X 2ND SYSTEM .....................................................................10
3
HARDWARE COMPONENTS OF THE DIGITIZER ...............................................................11
4
BOOT-UP OF THE DIGITIZER ..............................................................................................13
5
DESCRIPTION OF THE IP RUN............................................................................................14
5.1
Stall Detection in a Nutshell ....................................................................................................19
5.2
Calibration Board Functions in a Nutshell...............................................................................20
5.3
Drawer Unit Functions in a Nutshell .......................................................................................21
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 3
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
1
The CR 30-X System in a Nutshell
1.1
System Overview
The CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm digitizer is
part of the CR 30-X system, comprising:

Digitizer

NX Workstation

Cassette(s) with image plate(s)
Digitizer
Cassette
517500ab.cdr
NX Workstation
Figure 1
1.2
Overview of available CR 30-X Digitizers
The table enclosed lists the main differences of the different CR 30-X digitizers.
Digitizer Name
in the Service
Manual
CR 30-X 2nd
CR 30-Xm
Commercial
Name
Type Number
CR 30-X
CR 30-x*
No name
CR 30-Xm
5175 / 200
5175 / 205
5175 / 220 / 225
5179 / 100
Scan
Resolution
Application
100 µm
Genrad only
100 µm
(Genrad)
50 µm
(Mammo)
Genrad and
Mammography
*Digitizer type 5175 / 205 as well as type 5175 / 225 have lower throughput. See chapter 11,
Installation Planning.
NOTE:
The first version of CR 30-X (Type 5175 / 100 / 105 / 110 / 120
/ 125) with FireWire interface is not part of this manual.
Figure 2
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 4
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.3
Functional Description
Intended Use of the Digitizer
This device must only be used to scan exposed X-ray cassettes, containing an
erasable image plate (IP). The digitizer is part of a system, consisting of X-ray
cassettes with erasable phosphor image plates and a workstation where the X-ray
cassettes are identified and the resulting digital image information is further processed
and routed. It is intended that this device is only operated in a radiological environment
by qualified staff.
1.4
Applications
The CR 30-X 2nd digitizer is suited for following applications and environments:
Applications:

Genrad

FLFS

Veterinary

Mammography (CR 30-Xm only)
Environments:

X-ray rooms (inside/outside)

Private radiologist sites

Clinics

Imaging centers

Emergency rooms (Genrad only)

Intensive Care (Genrad only)

Mobile environments

Military field hospitals
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 5
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.5
Functional Description
Main Components of the Digitizer
The digitizer consists of following main components:
#
Component Name
Purpose
1
Cassette Unit
Clamps, opens and closes the cassette.
Reads the information which is stored on the cassette
RF Tag via chip reader.
Writes the status “erased “on the cassette RF tag via
chip reader after erasure.
2
Transport Unit including Transports the Image Plate from cassette to slow scan
Erasure Unit
unit and back.
Erases the image plate while it is driven back.
3
Slow Scan Unit
Driving the image plate continuously during scanning.
4
Optic Module
Creates a continuous, pivoting laser beam. This beam
stimulates the Image Plate to emit blue light.
5
Light Collector with
PMT
Collects the blue emitted light, transfers it to the tube of
the photomultiplier and converts the emitted light into
an electrical signal.
6
CPMI Board
Is the main board of the digitizer. Serves as the
network interface to the NX workstation.
7
Handling Control Board Controls the image plate (IP) run.
CR 30-X 2nd Photo Multiplier Interface
(CPMI) Board
Photo Multiplier Tube
(PMT)
Optic Module
Handling Control
Board
Light
Collector
Polygon Mirror
Cassette
Unit
Laser Diode
Slow Scan
Unit
IP Run
Chip
Reader
517502ba.cdr
Transport
Unit
Erasure
Unit
Calibration
Board
Figure 3
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 6
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.6
Functional Description
Main Functions of the NX Workstation
The NX Workstation is the central element of a CR (Computed radiography) system.
The NX Workstation is a standalone CR workstation. It is used for:


Acquiring images from the digitizer
Selecting patients from a worklist provided by a RIS (Radiologic Information
System) and writing patient and examination data on the cassette RF tag during
Identification.
Performing automatic Musica (Multiscale Image Contrast Amplification) Image
Processing based on predefined, examination based parameters
Modifying the image appearance of acquired images
Performing quality control of the images of the X-Ray department
Transferring images for diagnosis to a hardcopy printer or softcopy station and
to a PACS (Picture Archiving and Communication System) system for archiving
Burning images on CD ROM





DICOM
“Manual” Data Transfer
PACS
Cassette
Softcopy
Digitizer
NX Workstation
Hardcopy
X-Ray Modality
CD ROM
517502bd.cdr
Figure 4
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.7
Functional Description
Main Components of the Cassette with Image Plate
The complete cassette consists of:
 Cassette
 Image Plate
 Tray
The cassette can be opened via a lock. See part A and D in Figure 5.
A cassette label allows the customer to label the cassette.
The tray is used as carrier to pull out the image plate and put it back into the cassette.
The drawer unit of the digitizer docks at three metal docking elements by three
magnets and pulls out the tray for approximately 3 cm. Five rubber stops keep the
image plate in place when the cassette is closed, see part B in Figure 5.
The rubber stops are mounted on “spring loaded” arms of the tray: When the tray is
pulled out of the cassette by the drawer, these arms move down to release the image
plate. When the drawer moves the tray back, these “spring loaded” arms move up, to
keep the tray in place by the mounted rubber stops. This ensures, that the image plate
is pushed back when pushing at the tray.
Each tray has a fixed RF-Tag attached. See part B in Figure 5.
RF Tag and image plate belong together.
The red part of the cassette has a lead layer built in for back scatter protection.
The black side is the tube side. See part C in Figure 5.
B
A
Image plate
Cassette
Label
2
1
Tray
2
Lock
1
2
Shutter
C
Shutter
Tube Side
RF-tag
Metal Docking
Elements
2 Rubber Pieces
1
D
Locking Bar
Cassette with
red Cover
removed
Lock
517502be.cdr
Note: Illustration shows Genrad cassette only. See next page for difference to Mammography cassette.
Figure 5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 8
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.8
Functional Description
Comparison of Genrad Cassette Set with Mammography Cassette Set
Genrad Cassette Set
Mammography Cassette Set
Cassette name(s)*
MD4.0T, MD4.0T FLFS
MM3.0T
Image plate type*
Powder IP: MD4.0
Powder IP: MM3.0
Image plate shape
square
square with "nose" **.
See Figure 6
15x30 cm, 18x24 cm,
24x30 cm, 35x35 cm,
35x43 cm
18x24 cm, 24x30 cm
Available sizes
FLFS: 35x43 cm
Cassette can be opened
for cleaning
No
Yes. See Figure 7.
Recommended image
plate cleaning frequency
Once a month
Once a week or every 200
cycles
Image plate cleaning
agent
AGFA CR Phosphor Plate cleaner and a soft lint-free
cellulose cloth or Polynit wipes (Polynit wipes are soaked
with a cleaning agent)
* Names for cassettes and image plates may change.
** Function of the "nose": Ensures that the image plate is shifted towards the chest wall side.
CR MD4.0T tray and image plate:
CR MM3.0T tray and image plate:
Image plate
Image plate
"Nose"
RF-tag (backside)
RF-tag (backside)
Tray
Tray
Figure 6: Image plate and tray for Genrad / Mammography cassettes
Opening a Mammography cassette for
Cleaning:
C
(1) Open the shutter of the cassette with
the dedicated key and remove tray
with IP.
B
(2) Open the cassette locks (A) on the
left and right side.
A
(3) Lift up the shutter (B) and remove the
cover (C).
Figure 7
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 9
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2
Functional Description
Workflow of the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm System
The following figure shows a workflow of the system:
1
Take exposure
5
Take the cassette
for the next exposure
2
Insert the exposed Cassette
in the Digitizer:
The IP* is prepared
for scanning.
3
Go to the NX Workstation
and select the Patient:
The digitizer starts scanning.
4
*IP = Image Plate
Wait until the IP* cycle
is finished (approx. 1 min.)
517502ah.cdr
Figure 8
Step : Take the exposure.
Step : Insert the exposed cassette into the digitizer.
Step : Go to the NX Workstation. Select the patient from the worklist and select the
ID (Identify) button. The IP cycle starts.
Step : Wait till the IP cycle is finished. This takes approximately 1 minute.
The digitizer sends the image data during scanning (i.e. during the
IP cycle) to the processing station.
Step : Take out the cassette for the next examination.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 10
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Functional Description
Hardware Components of the Digitizer
The following figure shows the hardware components of the digitizer.
Digitizer
Photomultiplier
(PMT) E-Label
Photomultiplier
Module (PMM) Board
Calibration Board
Optics Board
(Optic Module) E-Label
CPMI Board
Roller IP
Sensor
Cassette
Fixation Unit
E-Label
Cass. Opener
Sensor*
Gearbox
E-Label
CAN Bus
Lift Ref. Pos.
Sensor
Handling Control Board
CF Card
E-Label
RF-Tag
Reader
CPMI Power
Distribution Board
Erasure LED
Control Board
User Interface
Board
Power Supply (24 V)
517502bc.cdr
In CR 30-X 2nd Cass. Opener Sensor introduced in 1st half of 2012*
Ethernet
Power
Data
(and Power)
NX Workstation
Figure 9
The following table lists the functions of the different components.
Component Name
Function
Calibration Board
Keeps a BOL (Begin of Line) and EOL (End of Line) sensor to trigger
the timing for digitizing of the scanned image.
Keeps 18 sensors to determine correction factors for digitizing of the
image.
Cassette Fixation Unit Keeps the E-Label for the Cassette Fixation Unit. The E-Label is
E-Label Board
programmed in production and keeps (amongst other parameters) the
width of this specific Cassette Fixation Unit.
Detects the cassette opener "open position".
Cassette Opener
Sensor
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
Component Name
Function
CF Card
Compact Flash (CF) Card with special characteristics (industrial
standard) for the usage in the digitizer.
Keeps the software of the digitizer.
Main board of the digitizer: Loads the operating system from CF card
into the RAM.
Controls scanning.
Converts the analog voltage from the PMM Board into 20 bit linear
and further 16 bit root compressed values.
Contains network and USB interface.
Converts the 24 V input voltage from the power supply to the
appropriate voltage for following consumers:
 CPMI Board
 Photomultiplier incl. PMM Board
 Optic Module
 Calibration Board
Controls the LEDS of the Erasure Unit.
CPMI Board (CR 30X Photomultiplier
Interface)
CPMI Power
Distribution Board
Erasure LED Control
Board
Gearbox E-Label
Board
Handling Control
Board
Keeps the E-Label for the Gearbox with motor and scan rollers. The
E-Label is programmed in production and keeps amongst other
parameters the individual factors for the gear box and the scan roller
factor of this specific gearbox.
Controls following functional elements:
 All motors
 User Interface Board
 Roller IP Sensor Board
 RF Tag Reader
Detects the reference position of the "slow scan lift motor".
Lift Reference
Position Sensor
Controls polygon motor and laser diode of the Optic Module.
Optics Board (Optic
Module)
Photomultiplier (PMT) Collects the blue emitted light. Converts the emitted light into an
electrical signal.
Keeps a blue LED to generate a reference signal for sensitivity
correction.
Power Supply (24 V) Supplies 24 V input voltage for the CPMI Power Distribution Board,
Erasure Unit and Handling Control Board.
RF-Tag Reader
Reads the cassette RF Tag.
Writes the cassette status after scanning or erasure on the cassette
RF Tag.
Roller IP Sensor
Monitors the IP run in the digitizer.
User Interface Board
Controls the LEDs of the user interface.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 12
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
4
Functional Description
Boot-up of the Digitizer
The following flowchart illustrates the boot-up of the digitizer:
Approximate
time in
seconds
0
17
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Boot-Up
Audible / visible Effects
Digitizer
Switch-On
1
Boot-up of CPMI and
Handling Control Board
2
40
Send Self Test
Signal to all SW modules
3
Selftest okay?
NO
4
Message
“Digitizer start-up”
(4198) in Error Viewer
Error message
in Error Viewer.
Boot-up stops
43
IP Clean-up
Cycle
5
Cassette or IP
found?
YES
Motors
are
audible
Rescue Cycle: Digitizer
tries to solve problem.
NO
64
Warning message
in Error Viewer
LED red blinking
YES
Initialize all Modules:
Set all motors to HOME
Initialization okay?
NO
Error message
in Error Viewer.
Boot-up stops
6
NX Viewer
running?
NO
Wait till the Digitizer
receives "ready for
identification” message
YES
65
1 to 6 : See comments next page.
Digitizer idle
LED
green on
YES
517502bb.cdr
Figure 10
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 13
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
#
Comment
1
After 1 second the status LED starts red blinking.
2
During these 33 seconds the digitizer performs following actions:

The internal logging and error messages are loaded.

The data in the E-labels are compared with the E-label data on the disk.
The status LED stays red blinking. No audible actions. No message in the
Error Viewer.
3
Send self test signal to all SW modules means: Check whether all consumers
are connected. Click sounds of motors are audible.
4
Message “Digitizer start-up” is displayed in the Error Viewer.
This message is generated by the digitizer and will not be displayed however,
if the error viewer is not started-up yet.
5
5
During the IP Clean-up cycle motors are audible.
6
If the NX viewer is not running following message appears in the Error Viewer:
“Image processing software is not available. Restart the image processing
software”. The check whether the NX is running is repeated each 3 seconds.
Description of the IP Run
This section describes the Image Plate (IP) run of the digitizer for a default scan cycle.
The user inserts the cassette with image
plate (IP) into the digitizer.
The edge detection sensor detects the
cassette. 1
The status LED changes from green to
red blinking.
2
3
The cassette fixing motor (M1) fixes the
cassette. 2
The chip reader reads the RF tag:
Timings are adapted according to the
image plate size. 3
517502za.cdr
1
Figure 11
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 14
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
The cassette locker motor (M17)*
unlocks the cassette shutter. 4
4
517502zb.cdr
Figure 12
The cassette opener motor (M3) opens
the cassette. 5
Motors M17 and M3 detect the end and
home position via “Stall Detection”.
Exception: At digitizers manufactured as
of first half of 2012, the motor M3 detects
the end position via cassette opener
sensor.
5
See also section 5.1, Stall Detection in a
Nutshell.
517502zc.cdr
Figure 13
The drawer unit motor (M4)* drives the
drawer unit towards the
opened cassette. 6
The drawer docks at the tray with its
magnets.
6
Drawer docks
at the tray
via 3 magnets
517502zd.cdr
*Motor is also controlled via stall detection.
Details see section 5.1.
Figure 14
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 15
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
The cassette locker motor (M17)*
releases the tray.
The drawer unit motor (M4)* drives the
image plate with tray out of the cassette
approximately 3 cm until it is positioned
between the first roller pair of the
transport unit. 7
7
517502ze.cdr
Figure 15
The roller clamping motor (M6)* closes
the gap between the upper and lower
rollers.
The transport roller motor (M5) drives the
image plate until it is detected by the
Roller IP sensor. 8
8
Now the IP run stops and waits until the
user selects the ID button at the NX
workstation.
517502ze.cdr
Figure 16
When the user selects the ID button at
the NX workstation, the transport roller
motor (M5) continues to transfer the
image plate towards the slow scan unit.
The slow scan lift motor (M7) lifts the
upper front roller, while the alignment bar
lifts up to align the image plate before
scanning. 9
9
The roller clamping motor (M6)* lowers
the lower transport rollers. The transport
roller motor (M5) stops.
*Motor is controlled via stall detection.
Details see section 5.1.
517502zf.cdr
Figure 17
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 16
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
The slow scan lift motor (M7) lowers the
upper front roller and lifts the upper rear
roller. With this movement the alignment
bar releases the IP. 10
The slow scan motor (M2) transports the
image plate through the slow scan unit.
The calibration board detects the leading
edge of the image plate: Scanning starts.
The first lines of the preview image are
visible on the NX workstation.
10
See also section 5.2, Calibration Board
Functions in a Nutshell.
517502zg.cdr
Figure 18
Scanning stops when the calibration
board detects the trailing edge of
the IP. 11
Now the direction of the slow scan motor
(M2) changes: The image plate is driven
back.
11
517502zh.cdr
Figure 19
The roller IP sensor detects the image
plate.
The roller clamping motor (M6)* closes
the gap between the upper and lower
rollers.
12
The transport roller motor (M5) drives the
image plate towards the cassette, while
the erasure unit erases the cassette. 12
The power of the LEDs is controlled
depending on the examination (and so
depending on the X-ray dose).
517502zi.cdr
Figure 20
*Motor is controlled via stall detection.
Details see section 5.1.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Functional Description
The drawer unit motor (M4)* drives the
tray into the cassette.
For details see section 5.3, Drawer Unit
Functions in a Nutshell.
When the end position is reached, the
cassette locker motor (M17)* drives in
end position to fixate the tray with IP. 13
13
The drawer unit motor (M4)* drives in
home position. The magnets get
removed from the tray.
517502zj.cdr
Figure 21
With cassette locking motor (M17)* still in
end position, the cassette opener motor
(M3) closes the cassette shutter. 14
14
The cassette locker motor (M17) drives
in home position: The cassette is locked.
The chip reader writes status “erased” on
the RF Tag.
The cassette fixing motor (M1)* releases
the cassette.
The status LED changes from red
blinking to green.
The scan cycle is finished.
517502zk.cdr
Figure 22
*Motor is controlled via stall detection.
Details see section 5.1.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 18
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
5.1
Functional Description
Stall Detection in a Nutshell
Stall detection means: Motor stall (home/end position) detection without the use of
additional sensors. It is made by evaluation of the stepper motor control curve on the
motor controller (Each motor has its own motor controller on the Handling Control
Board).
Advantage compared to home/end position detection via light sensors:
 Monitoring of motor run not only in home and end position, but also between home
and end position (except acceleration / deceleration time)
 Less sensors and cabling
Functional principle of stall detection:
 When the stepper motor is accelerating and decelerating the stall detection is
switched off, as the torque changes to much during this phase.
 When the motor reaches a stable speed, e.g. after 200 steps, the stall detection is
active for a number of steps, e.g. 5000 steps: The motor control curve is evaluated
by the motor controller.
 When the torque increases and reaches a certain "switch off torque", as the motor
reaches the end position, the motor controller detects the stall position and drives
the motor a certain number of steps (e.g. 50 steps) till it stops.
 Rubber stops or similar functional elements at the end position support that the
motor can be driven with relatively high speed towards the end position.
 If the torque increases to the "switch-off" torque before the motor is supposed to
reach the stall position, the motor is stopped. The digitizer issues an error
message (e.g. "IP jam").
 The motor curves shown below are simplified. In reality the motor speed can be
reduced just before the stall position, or can even be reduced in several steps
before it stops.
Figure 23
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 19
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
5.2
Functional Description
Calibration Board Functions in a Nutshell
The calibration board provides following functions:



Geometric Correction:
To correct irregularities in the optical path, the digitizer measures at each boot-up
the timings of the laser beam between pin diode 1 and 2, 2 and 3 and so on.
As a result a kind of "calibration curve" is created, which influences the frequency
of AD conversion. This corrects non linear movements of the laser beam.
Jitter Correction:
To correct irregularities in the polygon run, the digitizer measures the timings
between the BOL (Begin Of Line) and EOL (End Of Line) signal during each scan.
Synchronization of Polygon, Begin of Scan, Begin of Line and AD Window:
When an IP is inserted the polygon starts up. The BOL/EOL sensors measure the
position of the polygon mirrors (they even detect each single facet).
When the IP arrives for scanning, the sensors of the calibration board detect the IP
edge and generate the BOS (Begin Of Scan) signal.
The BOL signal triggers a timer for switching on the laser beam and the AD
(Analog – digital) conversion window. The length of the AD window and "Laser On"
depends on the image plate size.
Laser Diode
6 Facet Polygon
EOL Sensor
1
2
3
4
5
6
Geometric Correction
Sensors (1 to 16)
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Calibration Board
BOL Sensor
517502fe.cdr
Figure 24
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 20
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
5.3
Functional Description
Drawer Unit Functions in a Nutshell
The drawer unit has several functional elements for pulling the tray out the cassette
and pushing tray and image plate (IP) back in:
1. Pulling out the tray with IP:

Via three magnets A the drawer docks at the tray and pulls out the
tray with IP.
Slider
B
A
C
A
IP Pusher Fingers
517502fd1.cdr
Figure 25

During scanning the tray stays
connected with the drawer.
517502fd3.cdr
Figure 26
2. Pushing IP and tray back in:

Via IP pusher fingers mounted at the slider the image plate is pushed back in
the tray. The magnets B keep the slider in the home position during this
movement.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E

Functional Description
The rest of the movement back in,
the tray is driven via magnets A
only. Magnets C dock at the lower
transport unit axle. While the drawer
moves forward, the slider moves
backward.
This prevents, that the IP pusher
fingers collide with the cassette.
Slider End
Position
Slider Home
Position 517502fd2.cdr
Figure 27

When the magnets A push back the
tray with IP into the cassette, the
Tray Flap Support is moved upwards
to support the center flap.
This ensures, that the rubber stop of
the center flap keeps the IP on the
tray.
Image Plate
Rubber stop
Tray
Tray Flap Support
517502fd4.cdr
Figure 28
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 2 / 22
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 3.1
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes the product specific safety notes of the digitizer.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version:
1.1
02-2012
Added CR 30-Xm
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS229.10E
CR 30-X 2nd, CR 30-Xm, Service Manual,
Chapter 11 - Installation Planning
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879696
eq_03-1_safety-repair_e_template_v09
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 2 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
INTENDED USE .......................................................................................................................4
2
LABELS IN AND ON THE DEVICE ..........................................................................................4
3
2.1
Labels in the Front ....................................................................................................................4
2.2
Labels in the Rear.....................................................................................................................5
2.3
Labels inside of the Digitizer .....................................................................................................8
2.3.1
Label on the Frame...................................................................................................................8
2.3.2
Label on the Erasure Unit .........................................................................................................8
2.3.3
Label on the Reflector with Brush.............................................................................................9
2.3.4
Label on the Optic Module ......................................................................................................10
SAFETY NOTES FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES ......................................................................12
3.1
General Safety Notes for all Service Activities .......................................................................12
3.2
Safety Notes for Installation Planning.....................................................................................12
3.3
Safety Notes for Installation ....................................................................................................14
3.4
Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work..............................................15
3.5
Safety Notes for Replacements and Repair Procedures ........................................................16
3.5.1
Safety Notes for Replacement at the Base Frame .................................................................16
3.5.2
Replacements in the Cassette Transport Module...................................................................17
3.5.3
Replacements in the Scanner Module....................................................................................17
3.6
Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacement ................................................................19
3.6.1
Basic Protective Earth Test.....................................................................................................19
3.6.2
Electrical Check according to National Regulations ...............................................................21
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 3 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Intended Use
This device must only be used to scan exposed X-ray cassettes, containing an
erasable image plate (IP).
The digitizer is part of a system, consisting of X-ray cassettes with erasable phosphor
image plates and a workstation where the X-ray cassettes are identified and the
resulting digital image information is further processed and routed.
It is intended that this device is only operated in a radiological environment by
qualified staff.
2
Labels in and on the Device
2.1
Labels in the Front
WARNING:
Risk of hand injuries if cassette edge sensor is activated and hand or finger
is inserted in cassette entry.
•
Keep fingers / hand away from cassette unit entry when a cassette
is inserted.
•
Do not activate cassette edge
sensor by hand.
Label
Meaning
Do not put your fingers in the input slot of
the digitizer; they can get hurt when caught
between the cassette and the fixation.
Insert the cassette as described in the basic
workflow of the digitizer workflow sheets.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 4 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
Label
Meaning
One sticker on the front cover indicates
the correct cassette positioning when
inserting the cassette.
2.2
Labels in the Rear
CAUTION. Remove power plug.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1
LASERKLASSE 1
The manufacturer certifies that this
product conforms to all applicable
provisions of 21 CFR Subchapter J in
effect of the date of manufacture
CAUTION. Remove power plug.
Contains Transmitter Module
FCC-ID-Nr. HPL5243
Contains Transmitter Module
FCC-ID-Nr. HPL5243
Manufacturer: AGFA - HEALTHCARE N.V.
Septestraat 27 - 2640 - Mortsel - BELGIUM
Refurbished
YYYY-MM
Made in Germany
Peissenberg
MMMMM-YYYY
Figure 1
Label
Meaning
This label indicates the laser safety
according Code of Federal Regulations,
title 21, Subchapter J.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 5 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Label
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
Meaning
China RoHS* label EFUP** 50
* Restriction of Hazardous Substances
** Environmental Friendly Use Period
Label
Meaning
The type label shows:
Label
•
Manufacturer
•
Type number
•
Serial number (SN XXXXX)
•
Input voltage, current and
frequency (100-120 / 220-240 V)
•
Production date (YYYY-MM)
•
Production site
(Made in Germany / Peissenberg)
•
Information about certificates
(CE label etc.)
Meaning
Laser class 1 label:
With covers closed the digitizer is a
Class 1 laser product and not
dangerous to the human eye or skin.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 6 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
WARNING:
Risk of electrical shock if supplementary earth connector is disconnected with
one hand and the other hand touches a ground connection (e.g. rear cover of
the digitizer).
First switch off the digitizer and remove the mains cable before you remove the
supplementary earth connector.
Label
Meaning
Equipotential label
Label
Meaning
FCC* label
Contains Transmitter Module
FCC-ID-Nr. HPL5243
* Federal Communications Commission
Label
CAUTION. Remove power plug.
Meaning
Caution! Remove power plug and FCC* rules.
* Federal Communications Commission
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 7 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3
Labels inside of the Digitizer
2.3.1
Label on the Frame
WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device may lead to electric shocks.
Make sure, that the grounding connection to the digitizer frame is present.
Label
Meaning
Earth (Ground) Connection
2.3.2
Label on the Erasure Unit
WARNING:
The erasure unit is hot - up to 200 °C:
Risk of burns.
Avoid contact with the Erasure Unit.
Observe the relevant sticker on the Erasure Unit.
Label
Meaning
Warning label: Hot area
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 8 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
CAUTION:
Finger prints on the mirror may cause reduced image quality.
Be careful not to touch the mirror.
Label: Erasure Unit: Bottom side
Meaning
Caution label:
Do not touch optical surface.
Label: Erasure Unit: Upper side
Meaning
Caution label:
Do not touch optical surface.
2.3.3
Label on the Reflector with Brush
CAUTION:
Finger prints on the mirror may cause reduced image quality.
Be careful not to touch the mirror.
Label
Meaning
Caution label:
Do not touch optical surface.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.1 / Page 9 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.4
Label on the Optic Module
WARNING:
120 mW Laser (Class 3B) in the OPTIC MODULE may cause eye injuries.
•
Avoid direct and indirect eye contact.
•
Do not keep tools in the laser beam when the device is switched on or the
CASSETTE UNIT OPEN SAFETY SWITCH is overridden with a service key:
Risk of reflection.
•
Do not open the cover of the OPTIC MODULE.
AGFA
OEM Product
Agfa
Agfa
OPTICS CENTER
DO NOT OPEN
No service / maintenance
parts inside
for system integration only
Agfa
Agfa
A G FA
OPTICS CENTER
AG
F
OP
TIC A Agf
Agf
S CEN aa
TER
No DO NOT
serv
OPE
partice /
N
s insimainten
de
anc
e
DO NOT OPEN
OP
TIK
F8. BAU
517 GRU
AG
FA
M-N 5.27 PPE
50.X
GE
Dat r.
V AE e XXX
MM XX
RT
/JJJ
N.
J
OEM
V. Mad
sys Produc
e in
tem
Ger
t
inte
man
gra
y
tion
onl
y
No service / maintenance
parts inside
for
OPTIKBAUGRUPPE
F8.5175.2750.X
M-Nr. XXXXX
Date MM/JJJJ
AGFA GEVAERT N.V. Made in Germany
5175_c31_002.ai
Figure 2
Label
Meaning
Type Label: Optics assembly with:
•
Module Serial number
(M-Nr. XXXXX)
•
Date of production (MM/JJJJ)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 10 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
Label
Meaning
Danger label:
Avoid direct exposure to beam.
Label
Meaning
Caution label: 3B Laser
Label
Meaning
OEM* product label
OEM Product
for system integration only
Label
* OEM = Original Equipment Manufacturer
Meaning
No service / maintenance
parts inside
Warning label:
Do not open!
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 11 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Safety Notes for Service Activities
3.1
General Safety Notes for all Service Activities
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the digitizer: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
CAUTION:
Risk of injuries if the cassette unit
open safety switch is overridden
with a service key.
In this case keep your hands and
garment away from the digitizer.
Safety Switch (S2)
Figure 3
3.2
Safety Notes for Installation Planning
Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.
WARNING:
The digitizer is heavy (72.5 kg; 159.8 lb). Risk of injuries when lifting the digitizer.
•
At least two persons have to lift the digitizer from one position to the other.
•
When removing scanner only one person is needed to lift the digitizer from one
position to the other.
•
Use proper shoe and hand protection when lifting the digitizer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 12 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
WARNING:
When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical
environments a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in
different localities. If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can
cause a HAZARD for the OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.
•
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.
•
Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power
Source (UPS) as the PC.
WARNING:
Electrical device. Shock possible.
WARNING:
Excessive vibrations during scanning may decrease image quality.
The structure and stability of the used table need to be suitable in relation with the size
and weight of the system. The table may not be subject to excessive shock and
vibrations from other sources.
WARNING:
Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this
way, that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
CAUTION:
Reduced airflow may lead to pollution in the digitizer.
Keep a minimum of 5 cm (2 inches) between rear side of the digitizer and the wall.
At least 50 cm [19.7 in] space has to be provided on the right hand side to allow
cleaning of the scan line with the cleaning brush. This can be performed by the
customer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 13 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
3.3
Safety Notes for Installation
WARNING:
The digitizer is heavy (72.5 kg; 159.8 lb). Risk of injuries when lifting the digitizer.
•
At least two persons have to lift the digitizer from one position to the other.
•
When removing scanner only one person is needed to lift the digitizer from one
position to the other.
•
Use proper shoe and hand protection when lifting the digitizer.
•
Lift the digitizer from the sides only. Do not lift at the feed table.
WARNING:
Excessive vibrations during scanning may decrease image quality.
The structure and stability of the used table need to be suitable in relation with the
size and weight of the system. The table may not be subject to excessive shock and
vibrations from other sources.
For more information refer to the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Service Manual, Installation
Planning document DD+DIS229.10E; see Agfa HealthCare Library:
<Computed Radiography Æ CR Digitizers Æ CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm
Æ Service Manual>
CAUTION:
The accumulated heat developed by the digitizer and the laptop may affect the
operation of the system.
Do not place the laptop on top of the digitizer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 14 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
3.4
Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work
WARNING:
During operation the erasure unit is hot: Risk of burns.
•
Avoid contact with the Erasure Unit.
•
Observe the relevant sticker on the Erasure Unit.
200
c
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover.
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
CAUTION:
Sensitive surface. Reduced image quality possible due to clouded reflector.
•
Do not touch the reflector of the erasure unit by hand.
•
Do not use cleaning agents to clean the reflector.
•
Only use a lint-free cloth for cleaning.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 15 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
3.5
Safety Notes for Replacements and Repair Procedures
3.5.1
Safety Notes for Replacement at the Base Frame
DANGER:
If the power cord is connected and the main switch is switched on the input side
of the power supply is connected to high voltage. Risk of live.
Remove all cables in the rear of the digitizer before opening the rear cover.
DANGER:
green/yellow
black
If the cables at the input side of the
power supply are mounted wrong,
the housing of the digitizer can be
connected to high voltage. Risk of
live.
Mount the cables at the power supply
input as indicated on the cables and
shown in Figure 4.
green/yellow
black
5175_c35_015.cdr
Figure 4
WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device or too high leakage current may lead
to electric shocks.
•
After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains
voltage inform the responsible organization about the necessity of the electrical
test according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.
•
Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 16 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
CAUTION:
If the cables at the output side at
the top of the power supply are
mounted wrong, all printed circuit
boards will be defective after
switch-on.
black
red
Mount the cables as shown in
Figure 5.
5175_c35_017a.cdr
Figure 5
3.5.2
Replacements in the Cassette Transport Module
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
3.5.3
Replacements in the Scanner Module
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
CAUTION:
Finger prints on the mirror may cause reduced image quality.
Be careful not to touch the mirror.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 17 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
CAUTION:
The PMT light sensitivity decreases for a certain time (hours to days) if
exposed to bright light.
Expose the light sensitive side of the PMT as little as possible to daylight.
CAUTION:
The light collector can break when mechanically stressed.
Handle the light collector with great care.
CAUTION:
Grounding washer can be lost.
Take care when removing the grounding screw at the PMT board.
CAUTION:
The spring package at the light collector fixation screws may fall off.
Stop opening the light collector fixation screws when they reach their upper position:.
CAUTION:
The "Gearbox with Motor and Scan Rollers" is a very sensitive module.
•
Handle the module very carefully.
•
Take care not to damage the surface of the scan rollers.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 18 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
3.6
Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacement
WARNING:
Improper ground connection of the digitizer metal housing may lead
to electric shocks.
•
After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains
voltage inform the operator about the necessity of the electrical check according
to national regulations.
•
If specific national regulations do not exist it is recommend to perform the
electrical check according to IEC 62353.
•
Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
The electrical check is split up in two steps:
Step
3.6.1
Task
Section
1
Perform basic protective earth test.
3.6.1
2
Perform electrical check according to
National Regulations.
3.6.2
Basic Protective Earth Test
(1)
Use a multimeter that is capable to measure a resistance < 1 Ohm.
(2)
Measure the resistance of the
multimeter configuration, i.e. select
smallest range of “resistance
measurement” and measure the
resistance of your probes.
(the resulting resistance can be
added to the values allowed during
the measurements acc. to figure 7
and 8)
(3)
Disconnected the power cable
at the wall side and at the device.
Figure 6
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 19 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
Basic protective earth test without power cord
(1)
Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains input.
(2)
Put the other probe at a few
metallic parts, the customer could
touch. The electrical resistance
has to be ≤ 0.2 Ohm. Refer to
Figure 7.
Figure 7
Basic protective earth test with power cord
(1)
Insert the power cord at the
digitizer side; leave it disconnected
at the wall side.
(2)
Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains connector.
(3)
Put the other probe at a few
metallic parts, the customer could
touch. The electrical resistance in
this case has to be ≤ 0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 8.
Figure 8
IMPORTANT:
In case the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm
without mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the digitizer for loose grounding
connections!
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 20 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
3.6.2
Electrical Check according to National Regulations
(1)
Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
IMPORTANT:
It is recommended performing an electrical check according to IEC 62353.
According to National Regulations a partial acceptance is necessary.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.1 / Page 21 of 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 3.2
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Tools and auxiliary Means
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes all tools (software, hardware), which are required for
servicing of the digitizer.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2
05-2013
Adapted the chapter to modified user interface screens based
on software CIR_1305 (CR 30-X 2nd) and CIRM1304
(CR 30-Xm):

Adapted software menu names.

Added menu “Clear Image Queue”.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
Chapter 2 - Functional Description
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
Chapter 3.6 - Adjustments and Calibrations
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879697
eq_03-2_tools-aux_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 2 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
MACHINE SPECIFIC TOOLS ..................................................................................................5
2
DIGITIZER SERVICE USER INTERFACE...............................................................................7
2.1
General Info ............................................................................................................................10
2.1.1
Device Info ..............................................................................................................................10
2.1.2
Network Info ............................................................................................................................11
2.1.3
E-Labels ..................................................................................................................................12
2.2
Reporting.................................................................................................................................13
2.2.1
Info Counter ............................................................................................................................13
2.2.2
Error Statistics.........................................................................................................................15
2.2.3
Service Activity Log.................................................................................................................16
2.2.4
HOT Report.............................................................................................................................17
2.3
Install & Configure...................................................................................................................18
2.3.1
Software Installation................................................................................................................18
2.3.2
Digitizer Settings .....................................................................................................................19
2.3.3
Destination Settings ................................................................................................................21
2.3.4
Site Specific Data....................................................................................................................22
2.3.5
Installation Wizard...................................................................................................................23
2.3.6
Error Viewer Installation..........................................................................................................23
2.3.7
Log Settings ............................................................................................................................23
2.3.8
Protection Mechanism ............................................................................................................24
2.4
Diagnose & Repair..................................................................................................................25
2.4.1
Explain Error Code..................................................................................................................25
2.4.2
Device Test .............................................................................................................................25
2.4.3
Diagnose Cycle .......................................................................................................................26
2.4.4
Endurance Run Cycle .............................................................................................................28
2.4.5
PMT High Voltage on/off.........................................................................................................29
2.4.6
Reset Relative Counters .........................................................................................................30
2.4.7
Clear Image Queue.................................................................................................................30
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 3 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
2.4.8
Prepare CAL. Board Replacement .........................................................................................31
2.4.9
Calibrate Cassette Opener Sensor.........................................................................................31
2.5
Maintain & Calibrate................................................................................................................32
2.5.1
Maintenance Indicator.............................................................................................................32
2.5.2
Stall Calibration .......................................................................................................................33
2.5.3
Shading Calibration.................................................................................................................34
2.6
Backup & Restore ...................................................................................................................35
2.6.1
Backup ....................................................................................................................................35
2.6.2
Restore....................................................................................................................................36
REMOTE SERVICE................................................................................................................38
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 4 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Machine specific Tools
Following required tools are part of digitizer delivery:
Tool
Part Number*
Purpose
Torx key
Commercially available /
part of delivery
 TX 10: For the
replacement of the chip
reader**
 TX 20: For the
replacement of most parts
of the digitizer
 TX 30: For the
replacement of the optic
module**
 TX 45: For the removal of
the scan unit
Copper Filter 1.5 mm
CM+9 5155 1015 2
Exposure of test images
AL Filter 2.0 mm
CM+9 5148 1090 0
Exposure of test images
Limit Pattern CD ROM
CR 30-X 2nd
CM+9 5175 9160 0
Limit pattern, for
troubleshooting image
quality issues
Limit Pattern CD ROM
CR 30-Xm
CM+604948 00
Limit pattern, for
troubleshooting image
quality issues
USB Flash Drive with
Digitizer Software
CIR_XXXX for
CR 30-X 2nd
CM+6037431
Transfer data between the
Service PC and digitizer.
Part of delivery of the
CR 30-X 2nd.
USB Flash Drive with
Digitizer Software
CIRMXXXX for CR 30-Xm
CM+6045180
Transfer data between the
Service PC and digitizer.
Part of delivery of the
CR 30-Xm.
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
** Part of delivery of the corresponding spare parts.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 5 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Following required tools are not part of digitizer delivery:
Tool
Part Number*
Purpose
Service key
CM+9 0426 6309 0
To override the safety
switch.
Network Cable
Commercially available,
Acquire locally
Access to the service GUI
via service PC in case the
NX workstation is not
accessible.
Anti-static wrist strap
CM+9 9999 0830 0
To avoid static discharges
on electronic components.
CR Phosphor Plate
Cleaner (2 bottles)
Prosat wipes
10+9 9999 1197 0
To clean the Image Plates.
10+9 9999 1219 0
To clean the Mammography
Image Plates.
Vacuum Cleaner
(220 / 240V, 50 – 60 Hz)
Commercially available or To clean the digitizer during
CM+9 9999 0895 0
maintenance.
Isoflex Topas NB52 (50 ml) CM+9 9999 9247 0
To grease the spindle in
the area of the spindle nut.
Dirt bags for vacuum
cleaner (10 x)
CM+9 9999 0896 0
To clean the digitizer during
maintenance. Fits to
Vacuum Cleaner
CM+9 9999 0895 0
Lint free cloth
Commercially available,
Acquire locally
To clean the Image Plates.
Magnifying glass 8x
CM+9 9579 9904 0
To check image quality of
films at the lightbox.
Flash light
Commercially available,
Acquire locally
For troubleshooting
Multimeter (Ohmmeter)
Commercially available,
Acquire locally
For troubleshooting
Service PC
Commercially available
To copy the digitizer
software from the PC
to the USB Flash Drive.
To get an explanation about
error codes "offline".
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 6 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2
Digitizer Service User Interface
Access to the “Service User Interface” for
the digitizer is available via browser
(Internet Explorer or Firefox).
Any PC with network access to the
digitizer can be used.
Figure 1: Service User Interface
It is recommended to use the NX workstation to access the digitizer service user
interface, as the NX workstation has the error viewer installed by default.
When using a different PC following service functions are not executable, as they
require confirmation in the error viewer:

Diagnose Cycle

Endurance Run Cycle

Shading Calibration

Stall Calibration

Prepare CAL. Board replacement
For more information se also section 3, Remote Service.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 7 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Proceeding to access the Service User Interface:
(1)
Start the browser.
(2)
Enter the digitizer IP address (e.g. 192.192.192.192) in the browser
address window.
(3)
Enter username and password which is provided during the web based training.
Proceeding to quit the Service User Interface:
(1)
Select: <Logout>
(2)
Follow the Logout wizard.
(3)
Close the browser window.
IMPORTANT:


Do not use the browser “Back” and “Forward” buttons for navigation.
o
Only use the navigation menu of the service user interface to go from one
menu to the other.
o
In service interface screens with a “cancel” button use this button to leave a
menu: Only by using the “cancel” button the digitizer is able to stop this
specific function.
To quit the service user interface use in any case the “Logout” button. When
closing the browser without “Logout”, the user who opens the browser next time
gets access to the digitizer service interface without having the need to enter the
username and password.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 8 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Following menus are available in the digitizer service user interface:
Menu
See Section
Logout
2
General Info
Device Info
2.1.1
Network Info
2.1.2
E-Labels
2.1.3
Reporting
Info Counter
2.2.1
Error Statistics
2.2.2
Service Activity Logfile
2.2.2
HOT Report*
2.2.4
Install & Configure
Software Installation
2.3.1
Digitizer Settings
2.3.2
Destination Settings
2.3.3
Site Specific Data
2.3.4
Installation Wizard
2.3.5
Error Viewer Installation
2.3.6
Log Settings
2.3.7
Protection Mechanism
2.3.8
Diagnose & Repair
Error Code Explanation
2.4.1
Device Test
2.4.2
Diagnose Cycle
2.4.3
Endurance Run Cycle
2.4.4
PMT High Voltage on/off**
2.4.5
Reset Relative Counters
2.4.6
Clear Image Queue***
2.4.7
Prepare CAL. Board Replacement
2.4.8
Calibrate Cass. Opener Sensor
2.4.9
Maintain & Calibrate
Maintenance Indicator
2.5.1
Stall Calibration
2.5.2
Shading Calibration
2.5.3
Backup / Restore
Backup
2.6.1
Restore
2.6.2
* Menu is available only for SW ≤ CIR_1201 (for CR 30-X 2nd) / CIRM1201 (for CR 30-Xm).
** Menu is renamed from “Switch on/off HV on PMM“ to “PMT High Voltage on/off” for SW ≥ CIR_1305
(CR 30-X 2nd) / CIRM1201 (CR 30-Xm).
*** Menu is available only for SW ≥ CIR_1305 (CR 30-X 2nd) and > CIRM1304 (CR 30-Xm).
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.2 / Page 9 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.1
General Info
2.1.1
Device Info
Purpose
Usage
Show the device specific data configured in production.
(1)
Select: <General Info  Device Info>
Device specific data will be displayed.
NOTE:
The Device specific Data are “read-only” and just for identification
of the device.
Figure 2
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 10 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.1.2
Network Info
Purpose
Usage
Show the network settings of the digitizer and the hospital network with
connected devices.
(1)
Select: <General Info  Network Info>
Network Info will be displayed.
(2)
Select <Ping Destination> to check the network connection to other devices
in the network.
NOTE:
Only this destination can be selected, which has been set-up in the
“Digitizer Settings” window.
The ping test tries to send data to the selected destination in the network
to verify an established connection.
Figure 3
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 11 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.1.3
E-Labels
Purpose
Usage
The “E-labels” keep information about module specific data like:

Module serial number

Last error codes

Module specific parameters
(1)
Select: <General Info  E-Labels>
(2)
Select the desired E-Label to view the contents.
Figure 4
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 12 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2
Reporting
2.2.1
Info Counter
Purpose
The Info Counter provides device specific information on following items:
Main Info Counter Section
Info Counter Details
Site and System Info

Device info

Site info

Hardware info

Software info

Configuration info

Network info

License info

Machine running time

Throughput

Repair History

Maintenance History

HW Modification History

SW Modification History

Calibration History

Cassette / IP Scan Statistics

Test Cycles

Component reliability

Last Counter Resets

Start-ups and Resets

Retries

Incorrect User Handling

Cassette Jams

Image Plate Jams

Error History

Error List (sorted by relative)

Error List (sorted by total)

Warning List (sorted by relative)

Warning List (sorted by total)
Device Statistics
Service Statistics
Technical Counters
Failure Statistics
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 13 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Usage
(1)
Select: <Reporting  Info Counter>
Figure 5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 14 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2.2
Error Statistics
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Error Statistics” shows the frequency for all occurred errors.
It is used for troubleshooting.
(1)
Select: <Reporting  Error Statistics>
NOTE:
For the explanation of the error codes use the module “Explain Error
Code”. For more information refer to section 2.4.1.
Figure 6
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 15 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2.3
Service Activity Log
Purpose
Usage
The menu Service Activity Log shows a logfile of all actions carried out by the
service staff.
(1)
Select: <Reporting  Service Activity Log>
Figure 7
NOTE:
All “ServiceActivity.log” files are part of a backup.
When the logfile exceeds 1 MB, a new and empty ServiceActivity.log file
is created.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 16 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2.4
HOT Report
Purpose
The menu “Hot Report” (Hand-over Test Report) gives a summary of the last
scan cycle.
The most important events that happened in the digitizer during this cycle are reported
here. When the HOT is performed successfully, the technical installation
(communication and image transmission) is basically working.
It is overwritten with each new scan cycle. Typically it stops with the last successful
action performed, hence it can be used for troubleshooting as well.
Usage
(1)
Select: <Reporting  Hot Report>
Figure 8
NOTE:
This menu is available only in software ≤ CIR_1203 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and
≤ CIRM1201 (for CR 30-Xm).
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 17 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3
Install & Configure
2.3.1
Software Installation
Purpose
The menu “Software Installation” allows to upload and install software for the digitizer.
IMPORTANT:
For software installation a USB flash drive (checked to be virus-free) or network
connection is required.
For software installation via USB flash drive: One USB Flash Drive is scope of delivery
of the digitizer. The USB port of the digitizer does not accept all types of USB flash
drive.
Recommendation: Use the USB Flash drive delivered with the digitizer.
The USB Flash drive can also be ordered via spare part numbers*:
CM+6045180 (CR 30-Xm) or CM+6037431(CR 30-X 2nd)
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
Usage
(1)
Select: <Install & Configure  Software Installation>
(2)
Follow the instructions which are enclosed to the software on the
Agfa HealthCare Library.
Figure 9
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 18 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.2
Digitizer Settings
The digitizer settings menu depends on the digitizer software version.
2.3.2.1
Purpose
Usage
Digitizer Settings Menu for Software ≤ CIR_1203 and ≤ CIRM1201
The menu “Digitizer Settings” allows entering data to modify

The local settings (date, time, GUI language)

The digitizer network settings (TCP/IP settings)

The destination network settings (DICOM settings)
(1)
Select: < Install & Configure  Digitizer Settings>
(2)
Perform the settings as described in CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
chapter 1, Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures.
Figure 10
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 19 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.2.2
Purpose
Usage
Digitizer Settings Menu for Software ≥ CIR_1305 and ≥ CIRM1304
The menu “Digitizer Settings” allows entering data to modify

The local settings (date, time, GUI language)

The digitizer network settings (TCP/IP and DICOM settings)
(1)
Select: < Install & Configure  Digitizer Settings>
(2)
Perform the settings as described in CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
chapter 1, Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures.
Figure 11
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 20 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.3
Destination Settings
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Digitizer Settings” allows entering data to modify the destination network
settings (TCP/IP and DICOM settings).
(1)
Select: < Install & Configure  Destination Settings>
(2)
Perform the settings as described in CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
chapter 1, Controls, Connections and Setup Procedures.
Figure 12
NOTE:
This menu is available only in software ≥ CIR_1305 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and
≥ CIRM1304 (for CR 30-Xm).
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 21 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.4
Site Specific Data
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Site Specific Data” allows entering the site specific data for exact
identification of the digitizer. The data are part of the Info counter and the E-labels.
(1)
Select: < Install & Configure  Site Specific Data>
(2)
Enter the required data.
(3)
Click: <OK>
Figure 13
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 22 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.5
Installation Wizard
The menu “Installation Wizard” is not implemented yet.
2.3.6
Error Viewer Installation
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Error Viewer Installation” allows to install the error viewer at the operating
system.
(1)
Select: <Install & Configure  Error Viewer Installation>
Figure 14
NOTE:
This menu is available only in software ≥ CIR_1305 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and
≥ CIRM1304 (for CR 30-Xm).
2.3.7
Log Settings
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Log Settings” allows to configure the Log Level.
(1)
Select: <Install & Configure  Log Settings>
Figure 15
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 23 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3.8
Protection Mechanism
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Protection Mechanism” allows enabling or disabling the protecting
mechanism to access the service menu. By default the protection mechanism is
disabled.
(1)
Select: < Install & Configure  Protection Mechanism>
(2)
Enter access code and license code.
IMPORTANT:
When the protection mechanism is not enabled, the service menu
is only protected through standard service password from Agfa.
Figure 16
NOTE:
Obtain the access code and license code for the individual device from the Local
Agfa Service Organization:

Access code and license code have an expiration date configured by the
Local Agfa Service Organization.

Once the protection mechanism is activated, enter access code and the code
only (not for the license code any more).

When entered the service menu, you will not be asked for login to the service
menu for the next 16 hours.

If the expiration date is reached, login with the access code one more time only
and get access for the next 16 hours. After that time the device will block itself
asking for new access and license code.
IMPORTANT:
De-activate “remember passwords” in the browser otherwise the service menu will be
accessible by everyone who uses the service user interface.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 24 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4
Diagnose & Repair
2.4.1
Explain Error Code
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Explain Error Code” list the description for the digitizer error codes which
are reported by the error viewer.
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair  Explain error code>
(2)
Enter the error code and click button: <Get Error Description>
The error description is displayed.
Figure 17
2.4.2
Device Test
Purpose
The menu “Selftest of Device” allows a reboot of the digitizer via
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd service user interface. The functional sequence of the
selftest is identical to the selftest during switch-on.
For more information refer to CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual, chapter 2,
Functional Description.
Usage
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair 
Device Test>
(2)
Click: <Start SELFTEST>
(3)
Wait till the digitizer has rebooted.
This takes approximately 1 minute.
Figure 18
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 25 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4.3
Diagnose Cycle
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Diagnose Cycle” allows to perform a complete scan cycle manually
step by step e.g. for troubleshooting purpose.
Diagnose Cycle of the complete device:
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair  Diagnose Cycle>
(2)
In the Error Viewer window click: <Confirm>
The diagnose cycle window is shown. See Figure 19.
(3)
Put a cassette into the digitizer.
(4)
Press the blue marked buttons to perform the required actions.
See also explanation in the NOTE below.
IMPORTANT:

The Error Viewer and related confirm / cancel window only pops up at the
NX workstation. This means, that in any case entering the diagnose cycle
window needs to be confirmed at the NX workstation.

Only leave the Diagnose Cycle window by the CANCEL button. Leaving it via
browser back button requires a reboot of the digitizer to allow further service
activities.
NOTE:
Description of the colored rectangles shown in the diagnose cycle overview:

A light blue displayed rectangle shows other statuses of the complete
cassette cycle.

A green displayed rectangle shows the current status.

A dark blue displayed rectangle shows the currently possible action.

A gray displayed rectangle shows the next possible action.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 26 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Figure 19
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 27 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4.4
Endurance Run Cycle
Purpose
The menu “Endurance Run Cycle” allows to run up to 300 cassette cycles with or
without scanning and erasure:
This can be helpful when investigating sporadic image plate handling failures.
Usage
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair  Endurance Run Cycle>
(2)
Click: <Confirm>
The endurance run window is shown.
Figure 20
(3)
Put a cassette into the digitizer.
(4)
Select the number of cycles and delay between cycles (if required).
(5)
Select <Scanning> and / or <Erasure> (if required).
(6)
Select: <Start>.
Figure 21
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 28 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
2.4.5

The Error Viewer and related confirm / cancel window only pops up at the
NX workstation. This means, that in any case, entering the Endurance Run
window needs to be confirmed at the NX workstation.

Only leave the Endurance Run window by the CANCEL button. Leaving it via
browser back button requires a reboot of the digitizer to allow further service
activities.
PMT High Voltage on/off
Purpose
Usage
The menu “PMT High Voltage on/off” allows using the device with
open covers. This is necessary for troubleshooting to find possible problems during
scan cycle.
(1)
Select: < Install &
Configure  PMT High
Voltage on/off>
(2)
Select <Switch high tension
OFF> to switch the HV off.
Figure 22
IMPORTANT:
Always switch the HV on after investigation.
By a reset of the digitizer (switch off / on) the HV for the PMM board will always
be switched on again.
NOTE:
This menu is renamed from “Switch on/off HV on PMM“ to “PMT High Voltage on/off”
and shifted from “Install & Configure” to “Diagnose & Repair” for
SW ≥ CIR_1305 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and ≥ CIRM1201 (for CR 30-Xm)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 29 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4.6
Reset Relative Counters
Purpose
With the menu “Reset Relative Counters” the relative counters* of the info counter
are cleared.
* Number of test cycles per format; number of start-ups and resets; Retries; Incorrect User Handling;
Cassette and IP jams; Error List; Warning List
Usage
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair 
Reset Relative Counters>
(2)
Click: <OK>
Figure 23
NOTE:
This menu is renamed from “Clear Relative Counters“ to “Reset Relative Counters” for
SW ≥ CIR_1305 (CR 30-X 2nd) and ≥ CIRM1201 (CR 30-Xm)
2.4.7
Clear Image Queue
Purpose
There are cases, where an image cannot be transmitted, and stays in the queue
forever, despite the processing station software is running. This may happen during
setup of the digitizer. Examples:
 An image is scanned while the network is disconnected. At the same time the
destination settings are changed (e.g. IP address of NX).
 Destination AE title is wrong configured in the digitizer.
In this case after each subsequent scan a “destination not available” or “destination is
invalid” warning is displayed.
With the menu “Clear Image Queue” all images in the image queue can be erased.
WARNING:
By clearing the image queue all images in the queue of the digitizer are erased.
Retake possible.
Before clearing the image queue, check all other troubleshooting options to get the
image transmitted to the destination.
Usage
(1)
Select service menu: <Clear Image
Queue>
(2)
Select: <Clear Image Queue>.
(3)
Click: <OK>
Figure 24
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 30 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
This menu is only available for software ≥ CIR_1305 (CR 30-X 2nd) and
> CIRM1304 (CR 30-Xm).
2.4.8
Prepare CAL. Board Replacement
Purpose
Usage
With the menu “Prepare Calibration Board Replacement” the Roller lift drive is moved
in a dedicated position to dismantle the Calibration board.
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair 
Prepare CAL. Board
replacement>
(2)
Click: <Start>
Figure 25
2.4.9
Calibrate Cassette Opener Sensor
Purpose
Usage
Determines the number of steps between "close" and "open" position of the cassette
opener. For more information refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations.
(1)
Select: <Diagnose & Repair 
Calibrate Cass. Opener
Sensor>
(2)
Click: <Start>
Figure 26
NOTE:
This menu can executed at devices with Cassette Opener Sensor only.
For more information see also Service Bulletin 09 “Changes in spare parts for the Input
Tray“, DD+DIS221.12E.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 31 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.5
Maintain & Calibrate
2.5.1
Maintenance Indicator
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Maintenance Indicator” allows:

To reset relative counters after performed maintenance

To activate or deactivate the maintenance notification mechanism.
By default the maintenance notification is disabled.

To change the target values for the Mean Cycle Between Maintenance (MCBM)
and the Mean Time Between Maintenance (MTBM)

To configure whether the screen "Preventive Maintenance required" shall
pop-up in the user interface of the NX workstation if the maintenance due date
(based on operating hours or cycles) is expired.
(1)
Select: <Maintain & Calibrate  Maintenance Indicator>
(2)
Select <Reset Maintenance Counter> to reset the time/cycle counter.
(3)
Choose <Yes> in the pull-down menu <Display Maintenance Reminder>
to configure and enable the maintenance reminder.

"Yes" means: The customer will be reminded with "Preventive Maintenance
required" message daily.

"No" means: No display is shown to the customer.
Figure 27: Maintenance Indicator set to “No”
(4)
If the Maintenance Indicator is activated: Configure the number of target
operating hours and Cycles.
(5)
Click: <OK>
Figure 28: Maintenance Indicator set to “Yes”
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 32 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.5.2
Stall Calibration
Purpose
Usage
The menu “Stall Calibration” allows performing a stall calibration for a single motor
or for all motors.
The stall calibration procedure is described in CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service
Manual, chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations.
Be aware, that entering the Stall Calibration window needs to be confirmed in the
error viewer.
Figure 29
IMPORTANT:
The Error Viewer and related confirm / cancel window only pops up at the
NX workstation. This means, that in any case, entering the Stall Calibration window
needs to be confirmed at the NX workstation.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 33 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.5.3
Shading Calibration
Purpose
The menu “Shading Calibration” provides functionality to compensate image
inhomogeneities caused by certain properties of the scanning system of the digitizer.
Usage
The shading calibration procedure is described in CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service
Manual, chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations.
Figure 30: Shading Calibration start screen
Figure 31: Confirmation screen in the error viewer
Figure 32: Instructions screen
Figure 33: Results screen
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 34 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
2.6
Backup & Restore
2.6.1
Backup
Purpose
The menu “Backup” allows storing device specific settings and other relevant data
(e.g. info counter, logfiles etc.) in a backup Zip file (= Backup).
NOTE:
The device specific data of the digitizer are stored in a database in the CF-card of the
digitizer and in the E-labels of the digitizer.
The internal backup will be executed by the digitizer automatically upon changing
digitizer specific data. This initiates a notification to store the backup manually on
a storage medium.
(1)
Select: <Backup & Restore 
Backup>
Figure 34
Usage
Complete
backup
Perform the following steps to create a complete external backup:
(1)
Choose option: <Complete Backup>
(2a)
Insert USB Flash Drive into digitizer and click <Save to USB> to perform the
complete backup, or
(2b)
Click <Save to PC> to copy the backup ZIP file to PC.
(3)
Wait until the user interface indicates that the backup is completed.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 35 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Usage
Backup of
single files
Perform the following steps to create a backup of single files:
(1)
Choose option: <Backup Single Files Only>
(2)
Select the required files:

Info counter and/or

Calibration Files and/or

Logfiles and/or HOT report and/or

Service Activity Log
(3a) Insert USB Flash Drive into digitizer and click <Save to USB> to perform the
backup of the selected files or
(3b) Click <Save to PC> to copy the ZIP file of the selected files to PC.
(4)
Wait until the user interface indicates that the backup is completed.
NOTE:

It is recommended to perform in any case a "complete backup". The “complete
backup” also contains all “malfunction files” (see next bullet).

With each error a so called “malfunction file” with the syntax
MALF_<Type Nr.>_<SN>_<Error Code>_<Date>_<Time>.zip* is created by
default on the digitizer CF card. This file contains all configuration and logfiles,
which are required for fault analysis when escalating a problem. All available
malfunction files are part of a complete or logfile backup and a backup of the
logfiles.
Malfunction files are available for software ≥ CIR_1305 (CR 30-X 2nd) and
≥ CIRM1201 (CR 30-Xm).
*Example file name: MALF_5175_05134_5364_18Mar2013_17-22-33.zip
2.6.2
Restore
Purpose
The menu “Restore” is required to restore a certain configuration of the digitizer.
One use case may be to restore the configuration data after exchange of the CF card.
Note, that all digitizer specific data which were created in production are stored in Elabels and restored automatically after reboot. Only data that were entered during
installation (digitizer settings, destination settings) as well as the infocounter and
service activity logfile will be used from the backup ZIP file.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 36 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Usage
(1)
Select: <Backup & Restore  Restore>
(2)
Click: <Read from USB> or <Read from PC>, depending on where the
backup ZIP file is available
(3)
Select the backup file. It is a file with following syntax:
BAC_CR30-5178_<Serial number>_DDMMMYYYY_HH-MM-SS.ZIP
(4)
Wait until the user interface indicates that the restore is completed.
NOTE:
It is only possible to restore the backup that was created on this device.
Figure 35
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 37 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Remote Service
Purpose
Remote connection to the digitizer means:
Connection via a PC in the local network or via internet.
To prevent that service actions initiated via service user interface interfere with the
operation by the customer, two safety levels are built in the software:

Level 1: When executing the function (e.g. software installation), the digitizer status
indicator changes to red constant. The user cannot scan an image.
Note, that the status indicator only changes to red, when the function is really
executed (e.g. the user presses OK). Just by opening the menu, the safety level 1
is not yet activated.

Level 2: The user has to confirm in the error viewer (installed on the NX
workstation), that the function can be executed.
The table below shows the safety level per service menu:
Service Menu Name
Reference
Level 1:
Scanning blocked
Level 2:
Confirmation
required
Device Info
2.1.1
No
No
Network Info
2.1.2
No
No
E-Labels
2.1.3
No
No
Info Counter
2.2.1
No
No
Error Statistics
2.2.2
No
No
Service Activity Logfile
2.2.3
No
No
HOT Report
2.2.4
No
No
Software Installation
2.3.1
Yes
No
Digitizer Settings
2.3.2
Yes
No
Destination Settings
2.3.3
Yes
No
Site Specific Data
2.3.4
No
No
PMT High Voltage on/off
2.4.5
Yes
No
Installation Wizard
2.3.5
Yes
No
Error Viewer Installation
2.3.6
No
No
Log Settings
2.3.7
No
No
Protection Mechanism
2.3.8
No
No
Error Code Explanation
2.4.1
No
No
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 38 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Tools and auxiliary Means
DD+DIS230.10E
Service Menu Name
Reference
Level 1:
Scanning blocked
Level 2:
Confirmation
required
Device Test
2.4.2
Yes
No
Diagnose Cycle
2.4.3
Yes
Yes
Endurance Run Cycle
2.4.4
Yes
Yes
Reset Relative Counters
2.4.6
No
No
Clear Image Queue
2.4.7
Yes
No
Prepare CAL. Board
replacement
2.4.8
Yes
Yes
Calibrate Cassette Opener
Sensor
2.4.9
Yes
No
Maintenance Indicator
2.5.1
No
No
Stall Calibration
2.5.2
Yes
Yes
Shading Calibration
2.5.3
Yes
Yes
Backup
2.6.1
No
No
Restore
2.6.2
Yes
No
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.2 / Page 39 of 39
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 3.3
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Troubleshooting
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document provides troubleshooting information.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
1.3
05-2013
Changes compared to previous version 1.2
Added purpose of the “malfunction files”, introduced with
software CIRM1304 / CIR_1305. See section 2.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Referenced documents are listed in the respective sections.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879984
troubleshooting_chapter_e_template_v01
Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or
maintenance task on the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
‘Order List, Checklist for Completeness’ in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 2 of 2
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
GENERAL SYMPTOM CLASSIFICATION...............................................................................4
2
FAULTS WITH ERROR CODES ..............................................................................................4
3
NO ERROR CODE - STATUS LED DOES NOT TURN GREEN - NO MOTOR AUDIBLE......6
4
NO ERROR CODE - STATUS LED DOES NOT TURN GREEN - MOTORS AUDIBLE..........9
5
IMAGE FAULTS .....................................................................................................................12
6
5.1
Calibration Lines .....................................................................................................................12
5.2
Banding ...................................................................................................................................13
5.3
Dust Stripes.............................................................................................................................14
5.4
White Dots (Mammography images only)...............................................................................15
USING THE LIMIT PATTERN TO JUDGE IMAGE ARTIFACTS ...........................................16
6.1
Preparation..............................................................................................................................16
6.2
Comparing the Flatfield with the Test Pattern "Lowest Acceptable Quality" ..........................16
6.2.1
Importing the Limit Pattern......................................................................................................16
6.3
Comparing Limit Pattern with Flat Field..................................................................................17
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 3 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
1
General Symptom Classification
The troubleshooting procedure depends on the symptom of the fault:
Symptom
Reference Section
An error is displayed in the error viewer
2
No error displayed:
3

Status LED does not turn green and

No motor audible during boot-up
No error displayed:

Status LED does not turn green and

Motors audible during boot-up
Image artifacts
4
5
2
Faults with Error Codes
Symptom
The digitizer error viewer on the NX workstation displays an error code,
e.g. CIR214 (4170).
NOTE:
Meaning of the error codes CIRXXX (YYYYY):
Cause

The error code CIRXXX is the service message number.

The error code (YYYYY) is the R&D internal error code.
The digitizer software detected a malfunction of the digitizer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 4 of 4
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
Solution
Solve the problem as described in the service description of the error code.
To look-up a digitizer error code (e.g. CIR214) proceed as follows:
A) Look-up the error "online" (Access to NX Workstation available):
(1)
On the NX Workstation start the internet browser.
(2)
Enter the IP address of the digitizer in the address window and login.
(3)
Look-up the error in menu "Explain Error Code".
B) Look-up the error "offline" (No access to NX Workstation):
(1)
Download the latest CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Software File from the
Agfa HealthCare Library.
(2)
Unzip the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Software File.
(3)
Unzip the CIR_XXXX.zip or CIRMXXXX* file.
(4)
Using Excel, look-up the error in file "errors.csv".
* XXXX represents the software version.
CIR_XXXX (e.g. CIR_1203) is the software for CR 30-X 2nd
CIRMXXXX (e.g. CIRM1102) is the software for CR 30-Xm
NOTE:

The R&D internal error codes YYYYY can also be looked up in menu "Explain
Error Code" or the file "errors.csv". The error descriptions are however not
prepared for the service user.

With each error a “malfunction file” with the syntax
MALF_<Type Nr.>_<SN>_<Error Code>_<Date>_<Time>.zip* is created on the
digitizer CF card. This file contains all configuration and logfiles, which are required
for fault analysis when escalating a problem. All available malfunction files are part
of the backup ZIP file.
Malfunction files are available as of software CIR_1305 for CR 30-X 2nd and
CIRM1304 for CR 30-Xm.
*e.g. MALF_5178_00604_5145_20Aug2012_08-29-17.zip
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 5 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
3
No Error Code - Status LED does not turn green - No Motor
audible
Symptom
After boot-up the Status LED does not turn green.
The NX workstation is running, however no error is displayed in the error viewer.
NOTE:
For a default boot-up sequence refer to the digitizer service manual chapter 2,
Functional Description.
Cause 1
Power supply defective.
Solution 1
Check whether the 24 V output is available at the power supply. If 24 V output is not
available: Exchange the power supply.
Cause 2
CF Card defective.
Solution 2
Step 1: Confirm that the CF card is defective as follows:
(1) On the NX workstation enter the IP address of the digitizer in the browser
address window.
(2) Evaluate as follows:

If the login appears, the CF card is OK.

If following text is displayed: "Contents of ram:///" accessing the
CF card is not possible.
Step 2: Check whether the CF card is inserted properly.
Step 3: Final confirmation that CF card is defective:
(1) Insert the CF card in an external CF card reader.
(2) Access the CF card via the Windows Explorer.
(3) Evaluate as follows:
 If the CF card is not recognized by the Windows operating system, this is
the confirmation that it is defective.
 If the content of the C: partition is displayed, the CF card is OK. In this
case replace the PMI board. See als NOTE below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 6 of 6
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
When viewing the contents of the digitizer CF card in the Windows Explorer only the
C: partition is visible. The partitions D: and E: are not displayed.
Cause 3
Missing power for PMI board or PMI board defective.
Solution 3
Check the status of the LEDs on the PMI board. See service manual chapter 3.4 for a
description about the LED default status.
The table below lists the possible solutions by PMI board LEDs:
#
PMI Board LED Status
Measure to solve the Problem
1
LD9#17 (3.3VD) does not light up,
LD16 (red "watch dog" LED) is on
(permanent or blinking)
2
LD10#17 (1.2VD) does not light up,
LD12 (red FPGA LED) is on
(permanent)
3
LD8#17 (5.0VD) does not light up,
LD16 (red "watch dog" LED) is on
(permanent or blinking)
4
LD4#12 (1.5VD) does not light up,
LD5#12 (2.5VD) does not light up,
LD4#2 (1.5V_MOD) does not light up,
LD5#2 (1.5V_PL) does not light up,
LD3#2 (2.5V_SDRAM) does not light
up, LD16 (red "watch dog" LED) ) is
on (permanent or blinking)
5
LD7#17 (24V_POL) does not light up
6
LD1#5 (VCC_USB) does not light up
7
LD16 (red "watch dog" LED) is on
(permanent or blinking)
Replace PMI board
8
P1#4 (ETH10/100) and LD1#4
(ETH_REC) do not light up (not
permanent and not intermittently)
If all measures described in section 4 are
already performed: Exchange PMI board.
Replace PMI Power Distribution Board
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 7 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
In general: Selftest of digitizer hardware (boards, motors, sensors) is not successful.
Cause 4
Solution 4
Use the "Boot Problem Analyzer" to get more info about the problem.
Instructions:
(1)
Remove the top cover.
(2)
Take out the USB memory stick from the USB storage box.
(3)
Insert the USB memory stick at the Service PC.
(4)
Copy the content of folder “CIR_1102*/BootProblemAnalyzer” (*or higher
version) to the root of the USB memory Stick. See Figure 1.
USB Memory Stick Contents before
USB Memory Stick Contents after
preparation for the Boot Problem Analyzer
preparing_USB_for_boot_anaylzer.cdr
Figure 1
(5)
Release the USB memory Stick from the Service PC and insert it at the digitizer.
(6)
Switch on the digitizer.
(7)
After approximately 1 minute remove the USB memory stick: The log files to
analyze the boot-up have been written to directory \log.
(8)
Check the portex.properties.log file for wrong network settings.
If the network settings are OK, zip the logfiles and forward them to the next
support level.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 8 of 8
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
4
No Error Code - Status LED does not turn green - Motors
audible
Symptom
Status LED is red blinking. More than one minute after switch on the status LED does
not change to green.
Motors have been audible during the boot-up procedure.
No error message in the error viewer. "Digitizer start-up" message is not shown
approximately 40 seconds after switch on.
Cause 1
Network cable connected directly between digitizer and workstation and NX
workstation software is NX 2.0.8500/3.0.8500 or NX 2.0.8600/3.0.8600.
Solution 1
Possibility 1: Use a network switch to connect digitizer to the NX workstation.
Possibility 2: Observe switch on sequence for the setup mentioned under "cause 1":
First switch on the digitizer, then switch on the NX workstation.
As alternative: With digitizer switched on select at NX workstation:
START > All Programs > Agfa > NX > Restart NX completely
Possibility 3: Configure digitizer and NX workstation for the local network and connect
both to the local network.
Network cable not connected or defective.
Cause 2
Solution 2

Check network interface LEDs at NX workstation: They should light up (constant or
intermittently).

Check the orange LED LD1#4 at the PMI board (see chapter 3.4 of the Service
Manual): It should light up.
If the network LEDs on both sides do not light up, try another network cable.
Cause 3
Network interface defective at NX Workstation or digitizer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 9 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
Solution 3
Checking the network interface at the NX workstation:
(1)
Connect the Service PC via network cable to the NX workstation (Service PC
IP address configuration not required).
(2)
Check whether the network LEDs at the NX workstation light up.
If the network LEDs on the NX workstation does not light up, exchange the network
interface at the NX workstation.
Checking the network interface at the digitizer:
(3)
Connect the Service PC via network cable to the digitizer PMI board (Service PC
IP address configuration not required).
(4)
Check the orange LED LD1#4 at the PMI board (see chapter 3.4 of the Service
Manual): It should light up.
If the network LED on the digitizer does not light up, exchange the PMI board.
Cause 4
Wrong configuration settings on digitizer and/or NX Workstation.
Solution 4
Following settings must be correct on the digitizer and the NX Workstation to allow
communication (see table below):
#
Digitizer Setting
Setting on NX (correspondent parameter)
1
Destination IP Address
NX Workstation IP address (Windows setting)
2
Destination Name
NX Workstation “Processing Station Name”
(Configuration Tool menu "General Configuration 
Configure Workstation settings  General Settings")
3
AE title (Image)
NX Workstation “Performed Station AE Title”
(Configuration Tool menu "General Configuration 
Configure Workstation settings  General Settings")
4
Digitizer IP Address
IP address in digitizer device configuration. As
alternative also the digitizer host name can be used.
5
Digitizer AE title
AE title in digitizer device configuration.
6
Digitizer Hostname
Host Name in digitizer device configuration. As
alternative also the digitizer IP address can be used.
7
Digitizer Type “CR 30-X
Dicom” or "CR 30-Xm",
depending on the
connected digitizer.
Has to be selected when adding a new digitizer with
the NX Configuration Tool. Is later on displayed as
“Type” in the Device Configuration Settings.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 10 of 10
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
Digitizer IP address or subnet mask configured wrong (e.g. due to a typing error):
Cause 5
Accessing the digitizer service pages is not possible anymore, as the network settings
are unknown.
Solution 5
Reset the IP address to default. Proceeding:
(1)
Remove the top cover.
(2)
Take out the USB memory stick from the USB storage box.
(3)
Insert the USB memory stick at the Service PC.
(4)
Go to folder “CIR_1013” (or higher version) on the USB Memory Stick.
(5)
Double click on: <RestoreDefaultAddress.cmd>
 A Command Line Window opens for a short time.
 The file startup.com is written to the root of the USB memory stick.
(6)
Release the USB Memory Stick from the Service PC and insert it at the digitizer.
(7)
Switch on the digitizer.
(8)
Wait until the boot-up is finished (approximately 1 minute).
(9)
Remove the USB memory stick and put it back in the USB storage box.
After bootup of the digitizer the network settings are as follows:
IP Address:
192.192.192.192
Subnet Mask:
255.255.255.0
Gateway IP Address:
192.192.192.1
Digitizer AE Title:
DIG_DEFAULT
Digitizer Hostname:
192.192.192.192
NOTE:
After a reset of the network settings it is required to configure the network settings
again. Refer to Service Manual Chapter 1, "Controls, Connections, and Setup
Procedures".
Cause 6
NX Application is not running.
Solution 6
Check the NX Workstation Monitor in the task bar: It must be green.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 11 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
5
Image Faults
5.1
Calibration Lines
Symptom
Calibration Lines are visible in the clinical image or a flatfield image.
Cause
Calibration characteristics don’t match physical characteristics of detector path.
Solution
(1)
Use the cleaning brush to clean the mirror and the entrance surface of the light
collector by moving the brush a few times.
(2)
Redo the shading calibration.
IMPORTANT:
On the NX Workstation the image is displayed in portrait mode (scanned in landscape,
viewed in portrait).
Example for Calibration Lines:
ROI (marked with rectangle, showing the typical limit pattern for calibration lines)
Figure 2: Calibration Lines in exaggerated view
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 12 of 12
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
5.2
Banding
Symptom
Banding stripes are visible in the clinical image or a flatfield image.
Cause
Inhomogeneous slowscan movement
Solution
(1)
Check the table where digitizer is positioned. It must be a fixed position. No
vibrations may disturb the scanning.
(2)
If unacceptable image artifacts occurs: Escalate to the next support level.
IMPORTANT:
On the NX Workstation the image is displayed in portrait mode (scanned in landscape,
viewed in portrait).
Example for Banding:
ROI (marked with rectangle, showing the typical limit pattern for banding)
Figure 3: Banding in exaggerated view
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 13 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
5.3
Dust Stripes
Symptom
Dust stripes are visible in the clinical image or a flatfield image.
Cause
Dust in the scan path
Solution
(1)
Use the cleaning brush to clean the mirror and the entrance surface of the light
collector by moving the brush a few times.
(2)
Re-expose the flatfield and evaluate again.
(3)
If unacceptable image artifacts occur: Escalate to the next support level.
IMPORTANT:
On the NX Workstation the image is displayed in portrait mode (scanned in landscape,
viewed in portrait).
Example for Dust stripes:
ROI (marked with rectangle, showing the typical appearance of dust stripes)
Figure 4: Dust stripes in exaggerated view
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 14 of 14
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
5.4
White Dots (Mammography images only)
Symptom
White dots visible
Cause
Dirt on cassette or Image Plate.
Solution
The white dots should not disturb diagnosis and do not influence diagnosis quality.
(1)
Check with the radiologist if they are satisfied with the image quality.
(2)
Clean the cassette and Image Plate.
(3)
If unacceptable image artifacts occur: Escalate to the next support level.
NOTE:
Acceptable image artifacts means that the white dots shall be in sufficiently distance
from each other (> 1cm) and may not form clusters.
IMPORTANT:
On the NX Workstation the image is displayed in portrait mode (scanned in landscape,
viewed in portrait).
Example for white dots (marked with rectangle, showing the typical appearance of
Mammography white dots):
Figure 5: Mammography white dots in exaggerated view
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 15 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
6
Using the Limit Pattern to judge Image Artifacts
The limit pattern CD ROM is part of digitizer delivery or available as spare part*.

Version for CR 30-X 2nd: CM+9 5175 9160 1

Version for CR 30-Xm: CM+604948 1
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
The following sections 6.1 and 6.2 describe how to judge image artifacts by using the
Limit Pattern.
6.1
Preparation
Prepare using the limit pattern as follows:
(1)
Check the Image Plate before exposure.
(2)
Erase the cassette.
(3)
Create the Flatfield Test Image.
(4)
Scan the Flatfield Image.
(5)
Check the Image at the Lightbox or Viewing Station.
Refer to the digitizer Service Documentation, Chapter 1, "Controls, Connections, and
Setup Procedures" section “Checking the Technical Image Quality of the System” for
details.
6.2
Comparing the Flatfield with the Test Pattern "Lowest Acceptable Quality"
6.2.1
Importing the Limit Pattern
(1)
Insert the limit pattern storage medium (part of digitizer delivery and available for
download on the FTP server) into the NX workstation CD ROM drive.
(2)
On the NX workstation select the Main Menu.
(3)
Select <import images>.
NOTE:
The following directory selection is based on limit pattern CD V1.1. On CD V1.1 the
limit patterns are available in DICOM format and in NX native format. Patterns in
DICOM format are required for other workstations only, e.g. for SE 2.0.
On CD V 1.0 the subdirectory \Native is not available: On CD V1.0 All files are in
NX native format by default.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 16 of 16
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Troubleshooting
DD+DIS230.10E
(4)
For CR 30-Xm Limit Pattern CD ROM:
Browse to following directory on the CD ROM to select the limit pattern:

directory \Genrad\BND+CAL Genrad\NX Native for the Genrad limit
pattern

directory \Mammo\BND+CAL Mammo\NX Native for the Mammography
calibration and banding limit pattern

directory \Mammo\Point Defects Mammo\NX Native for the
Mammography point defects limit pattern
For CR 30-X 2nd Limit Pattern CD ROM:
Browse to the directory \NX Native on the CD ROM to select the (Genrad)
limit pattern.
(5)
Wait until the image is imported (approx. 15 seconds).
(6)
The imported image will be available in the worklist menu “closed exams” as:

“Banding Pattern CR 30-X” or

“Limit Pattern Mammo BND+CAL” or

“Limit Pattern Mammo Point Defects”
depending on which image has been imported.
(7)
Select the Examination menu.
(8)
Print the flatfield image or send it to the archive (depending on what is available).
NOTE:
6.3

Windows/Level settings may not be changed.

Default settings should be used for printing.

The Softcopy Station must have the same quality and settings than the
hardcopy printout. Refer to the respective Softcopy Station Manual.
Comparing Limit Pattern with Flat Field
Compare the Limit Pattern with the flat field:
At the lightbox or the viewing station visually compare the flatfield with the limit pattern.
The limit pattern represents the lowest acceptable image quality.
Evaluation:

If the scanned image visually looks as good as or better than the limit pattern, the
image quality is okay.

If there are unacceptable artifacts see the symptoms mentioned in section 5 of
this document.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 3
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.3 / 17 of 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
Chapter 3.4
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes the location and meaning of the Codes and LEDs
on the different Printed Circuit Boards (PCB) for repair activities.
It describes how to detect defective boards.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.0
1.1
01-2012
Added information about CR 30-Xm.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879451
eq_03-4_codings_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 2 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................4
2
HANDLING CONTROL BOARD...............................................................................................5
3
CPMI BOARD (PHOTO MULTIPLIER INTERFACE) ...............................................................7
4
STATUS INDICATOR ON THE USER INTERFACE BOARD ................................................11
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 3 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Introduction
This chapter describes the location and meaning of the switches and LEDs
of the following boards:
•
Handling Control Board
•
CPMI Board (Photo Multiplier Interface)
•
User Interface Board
Following boards are not listed, as they have no switches and LEDs:
•
CPMI Power Distribution Board
•
Erasure LED Control Board
•
Calibration Board
•
PMM Board (Photo Multiplier Module)
It is recommended to use a coloured printout of this document to support the better
visual understanding of the boards.
NOTE:
This document displays the LEDs and switches only. Fuses are not displayed.
IMPORTANT:
In case of an error check the LEDs on the CR 30-X 2nd boards.
Never replace any fuses in case of an error.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 4 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
2
Handling Control Board
NOTE:
The following Figure 1 shows the Handling Control Board and the position of the
switches and LEDs of CR 30-X 2nd. It is also valid for CR 30-Xm. For detailed
differences of the Handling Control Board of CR 30-X 2nd and CR 30-Xm refer to:
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual Chapter 4 "Reference and Circuit Diagrams"
ON
1
2
Figure 1 - CR 30-X 2nd Handling Control Board
Meaning
S1/1
Not used.
S1/2
Not used.
S3
Board reset. Only for R&D purpose.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 5 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
The following table shows the conditions indicated by the LEDs.
LED
LD1
LD2
Status Indicator
Red
Red
Constant
Constant
Meaning
ON*
+5 V Logic Supply present
OFF
+5 V Logic Supply not present
ON
+5 V Logic Supply not present, or
Application Software download
in progress, or
Application Software not running
/ hangup, or
RESET button S3 is pressed
LD3
Red
Flashing
OFF*
Application Software, services watchdog
present
ON*
Live LED (SW controlled) flashing with
2 Hz shows “Firmware alive”
OFF
Firmware not running, or
RESET button S3 is pressed
* Default during operation
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 6 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
CPMI Board (Photo Multiplier Interface)
NOTE:
The following Figure 2 shows the CPMI Board and the position of the switches
and LEDs.
Figure 2
Switch
Meaning
S1#2
Reset of CPU
S1#12
Reset Hardware
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 7 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
The following table shows the conditions indicated by the LEDs.
LED
LD1#2
LD1#3
LD1#4
LD1#5
LD1#17
LD1#19
LD2#2
LD2#17
LD3#2
LD3#17
Status Indicator
Orange
Green
Orange
Green
Green
Green
Orange
Green
Green
Green
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Meaning
ON*
Chip select (CS) off-board Flash active
OFF
CS off-board Flash not active
ON*
CF card active.
OFF
CF card not active.
ON*
Connection via Ethernet
OFF
Connection via Ethernet failed, Ethernet
Receive activity
ON*
VCC-USB supply voltage available
OFF
VCC-USB supply voltage not available
ON*
+12 V / -12 V Optic Module supply
voltage available
OFF
+12 V / -12 V Optic Module supply
voltage not available
ON*
+5 V PMT (Digital) supply
voltage available
OFF
+5 V PMT (Digital) supply
voltage not available
ON*
CS-on-board Flash active
OFF
CS-on-board Flash not active
ON*
+12 V / -12 V Calibration Board supply
voltage available
OFF
+12 V / -12 V Calibration Board supply
voltage not available
ON*
+2.5 V – SDRAM, CPU voltage available
OFF
+2.5 V – SDRAM, CPU voltage not
available
ON*
+ 20 V / -10V PMT (Analog) supply voltage
available
OFF
+ 20 V / -10V PMT (Analog) supply
voltage not available
* Default during operation
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 8 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
LED
LD4#2
LD4#12
LD4#17
LD5#2
LD5#12
LD5#17
LD7#17
LD8#17
LD9#17
LD10#17
Status Indicator
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Meaning
ON*
+1.5 V – Core, CPU voltage available
OFF
+1.5 V – Core, CPU voltage not available
ON*
+1.5 V CPU supply voltage available
OFF
+1.5 V CPU supply voltage not available,
LD16 (red) ON
ON*
+8 V PMI intern analog supply voltage
available
OFF
+8 V PMI intern analog supply voltage not
available
ON*
+1.5 V – PLL, CPU voltage available
OFF
+1.5 V – PLL, CPU voltage not available
ON*
+2.5 V CPU voltage available
OFF
+2.5 V CPU voltage not available,
LD16 (red)
ON*
+12 V CAN bus line driver, supply voltage
available
OFF
+12 V CAN bus line driver supply voltage
not available. No connection to Cassette
Handling Board.
ON*
+24 V (Polygon) supply voltage Power
Distribution Board and PMI Board
available
OFF
+24 V (Polygon) supply voltage Power
Distribution Board and PMI Board not
available
ON*
+5,0 V PMI Board boot-up
OFF
+5,0 V supply voltage (PMI intern) failed,
LD16 (red) ON
ON*
+3,3 V supply voltage, PMI Board boot-up
OFF
+3,3 V supply voltage (PMI intern) failed,
LD16 (red) ON
ON*
+1,2 V supply voltage available
OFF
+1,2 V supply voltage (FPGA,
PMI intern) failed, LD12 (red) ON
* Default during operation
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.4 / Page 9 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
LED
LD12
LD13
LD14
LD15
LD16
Status Indicator
Red
Orange
Orange
Orange
Red
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Constant
Meaning
ON
FPGA empty, not programmable
OFF*
FPGA programmed
ON*
SW LED0 (USB CAN) active
OFF
SW LED0 (USB CAN) not active
ON*
SW LED1 (CD/l²C/SPI) active
OFF
SW LED1 (CD/l²C/SPI) not active
ON*
SW LED2 (Timer 1/sec) active
OFF
SW LED2 (Timer 1/sec) not active
LD16 (red) ON
ON
PMI self-test failed, Read/Write failure to
RAM, Board internal supply voltages not
present, SW LED3 (Fail/Java/Swap)
OFF*
PMI self-test successful
* Default during operation
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.4 / Page 10 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Electrical and mechanical Codes, Fuses, LEDs
DD+DIS230.10E
4
Status Indicator on the User Interface Board
NOTE:
The following Figure 3 shows the Status Indicator of the User Interface Board.
blue
green or
red
Figure 3
Status Indicator
Blue
Digitizer Status
Meaning
Constant Activating the erasure cycle.
ON if erasure cycle active.
Constant Stand-by mode (READY)
ON if:
• Ready / Stand-by
• Cassette is ready for removal.
Green
Flashing
Red
Busy with scanning and
transporting cassette and
image plate.
ON during scan cycle active.
Constant Service mode
Flashing
•
Warm up / Self-test
•
Processing
•
Software down
•
Error
Check NX workstation for
further information and detailed
instructions.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.4 / Page 11 of 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 3.5
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Replacements / Repair Procedures
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes the replacements of parts including verification method.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version 1.1:
1.2
10-2012

Added reference to Enclosure for new spare part
“Input Tray”.

Adapted spare parts numbers for Cassette Opener
Assembly, Cassette Opener Sensor and
IP Handling Board.

Added step to remove tape at Optic Module.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm, Chapter 3.6, Adjustments and
Calibrations
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30880557
eq_03-5_replacements_e_template_v07
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or
maintenance task on the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(Order number: CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this
strap on a grounded conducting metal piece.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type ‘Order List’ in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 2
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
REPLACEMENTS AT THE BASE FRAME ..............................................................................5
1.1
Replacing the Front Cover ........................................................................................................5
1.2
Replacing the Left Cover ..........................................................................................................7
1.3
Replacing the Right Cover ......................................................................................................10
1.4
Replacing the Top Cover ........................................................................................................12
1.5
Replacing the User Interface Board........................................................................................14
1.6
Replacing the Safety Switch ...................................................................................................17
1.7
Replacing the Main Switch with Wire Harness .......................................................................21
1.8
Replacing the Power Supply...................................................................................................26
1.9
Replacing the USB Cable .......................................................................................................30
2
REPLACEMENT OF THE COMPLETE INPUT TRAY ...........................................................33
3
REPLACEMENTS IN THE CASSETTE INPUT MODULE .....................................................34
4
3.1
Replacing the Cassette Opener Assembly .............................................................................34
3.2
Replacing the Cassette Opener Sensor .................................................................................40
3.3
Replacing the Opener Motor M3.............................................................................................43
3.4
Replacing the toothed Belt for Opener Motor M3 ...................................................................47
3.5
Replacing the Chip Reader.....................................................................................................50
3.6
Replacing the Handling Control Board ...................................................................................53
3.7
Replacing the Cassette Unlatch Assembly.............................................................................56
3.8
Replacing the Cassette Fixation Unit......................................................................................60
3.9
Replacing the Cassette Fixing Motor M1................................................................................65
3.10
Replacing the IP Sensor Cable...............................................................................................69
3.11
Replacing the Tag Reader Cable............................................................................................72
3.12
Replacing the User Interface Cable ........................................................................................75
REPLACEMENTS IN THE CASSETTE TRANSPORT MODULE ..........................................78
4.1
Replacing the Drawer Unit ......................................................................................................78
4.2
Replacing the Drawer Motor M4 .............................................................................................83
4.3
Replacing the Drawer Motor Belt ............................................................................................87
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 3
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
5
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
4.4
Replacing the Permanent Magnets ........................................................................................90
4.5
Replacing the Upper Roller Assembly ....................................................................................93
4.6
Replacing the Input Rollers.....................................................................................................96
4.7
Replacing the Transport Roller Motor M5.............................................................................102
4.8
Replacing the Belt of the Transport Roller Motor..................................................................106
4.9
Replacing the Roller Clamping Motor M6 .............................................................................111
4.10
Replacing the Belt of the Roller Clamping Motor..................................................................115
4.11
Replacing the Erasure Unit ...................................................................................................120
4.12
Replacing the Guide Plate Erasure Unit ...............................................................................122
4.13
Replacing the Roller IP Sensor.............................................................................................124
4.14
Replacing the Cleaning Brush ..............................................................................................127
REPLACEMENTS IN THE SCANNER MODULE.................................................................129
5.1
Replacing the Gearbox with Motor M2 and Scan Rollers.....................................................129
5.2
Replacing the Slow Scan Motor M2......................................................................................129
5.3
Replacing the Upper Scan Rollers........................................................................................132
5.4
Replacing the Reflector with Brush.......................................................................................137
5.5
Replacing the PMT with Light Collector................................................................................141
5.6
Replacing the Calibration Board ...........................................................................................142
5.7
Replacing the PMI Board ......................................................................................................146
5.8
Replacing the CF Card (Solid State Disk) ............................................................................150
5.9
Replacing the Power Integration Board ................................................................................152
5.10
Replacing the Optic Module..................................................................................................155
5.11
Replacing the Right Roller Lift Assembly..............................................................................159
5.12
Replacing the Left Roller Lift Assembly ................................................................................162
5.13
Replacing the Guide Plate Scanner Input.............................................................................168
5.14
Replacing the Pane in Scanner ............................................................................................171
5.14.1
Removing the Pane in Scanner ............................................................................................171
5.14.2
Mounting the new Pane in Scanner......................................................................................179
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 4
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Replacements at the Base Frame
1.1
Replacing the Front Cover
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 1515 0 (Type 5175/200)
CM+604191 0 (Type 5179/100)
CM+603060 0 (Type 5175/220/225)
CM+603750 0 (Type 5175/205)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 1
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 2
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 5
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 3
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 4
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately 5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 6
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
1.2
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the green light at the user interface lights up
(takes approximately 1,5 minutes).
The front cover is replaced.
Replacing the Left Cover
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+6018180
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 6
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 7
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 8
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 8
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 9
(7)
Remove the left cover.
Figure 10
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the green light at the user interface lights up
(takes approximately 1,5 minutes).
The left cover is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 9
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
1.3
Replacing the Right Cover
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5175 1504 1
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 11
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 12
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 10
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 13
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 14
(7)
Remove the right cover.
Figure 15
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
1.4
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the green light at the user interface lights up
(takes approximately 1,5 minutes).
The right cover is replaced.
Replacing the Top Cover
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 1525 0 (Type
5175/200/205)
CM+603061 0 (Type 5175/220/225)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 16
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 12
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 17
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 18
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 13
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 19
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
1.5
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the green light at the user interface lights up
(takes approximately 1,5 minutes).
The top cover is replaced.
Replacing the User Interface Board
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5175 1580 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 20
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 14
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Small size (PZ1)
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 21
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 22
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 15
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 23
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately 5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 24
(9)
Remove four screws.
(10) Remove the user interface
board.
5175_c35_00B.cdr
Figure 25
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 16
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
1.6
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the green light at the user interface lights up
(takes approximately 1,5 minutes).
The user interface board is replaced.
Replacing the Safety Switch
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4010 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 26
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 17
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 27
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 28
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 18
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(7)
Remove two screws (A).
(8)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 29
(8)
Remove the left cover.
Figure 30
(5)
Remove two screws.
5175_c35_009.cdr
Figure 31
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 19
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(6)
Disconnect all connectors. See
NOTE below.
5175_c35_007.cdr
Figure 32
NOTE:
OK
The connectors have a lock
integrated which prevents
disconnection if pulling at the cable.
To remove the cables pull at the
connector.
Tip: Use needle nosed pliers to
facilitate removal of the connectors.
NOT OK
OK
5175_c35_008.cdr
Figure 33
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 20
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
C
To ensure proper switching of the
safety switch mount it as follows:
(1)
Close the front cover (A).
(2)
Shift the safety switch towards
the stop (B).
(3)
Fasten the two safety switch
screws (C).
A
B
5175_c35_090.cdr
Figure 34
Verification:
Result:
1.7
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait for some seconds, until the red user interface LED starts blinking.
(3)
Open the front cover approximately 1 to 2 cm: The safety switch has to interrupt
and the user interface LED has to go off.
The Safety Switch is replaced.
Replacing the Main Switch with Wire Harness
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 8585 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 35
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
7 mm
Small size
(1 x 5,5 mm)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 21
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 36
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 37
DANGER:
If the power cord is connected and the main switch is switched on the input
side of the power supply is connected to high voltage. Risk of life.
Remove all cables in the rear of the digitizer before opening of the rear cover
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 22
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Open the screws in the rear (A).
(6)
Open the rear cover (B).
A
B
5175_c35_010.cdr
Figure 38
(7)
Supporting the rear cover by
hand, open three screws at the
input side of the power supply a
few turns.
5175_c35_011.cdr
Figure 39
(8)
Disconnect the cables at the
mains inlet.
5175_c35_012.cdr
Figure 40
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 23
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove the nut (A) at the filter.
A
(10) Release the cable (B).
B
5175_c35_013.cdr
Figure 41
(11) Remove two screws (A).
(12) Take out the Main Switch with
Wire Harness (B).
A
B
A
5175_C35_014.cdr
Figure 42
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See Safety Notes and NOTE below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 24
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DANGER:
green/yellow
black
If the cables at the input side of
the power supply are mounted
wrong, the housing of the digitizer
can be connected to high voltage.
Risk of life.
Mount the cables at the power
supply input as indicated on the
cables and shown in Figure 43.
green/yellow
black
5175_c35_015.cdr
black
Figure 43
WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device or too high leakage current may lead
to electric shocks.
 After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains
voltage inform the responsible organization 1 about the necessity of the electrical
test according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.

Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
NOTE:
Insert the wire rope (A) in cable
holder (B) before mounting the top
cover.
A
B
5175_c35_319.cdr
Figure 44
1
Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system.
The accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 25
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
1.8
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait for some seconds, until the red user interface LED starts blinking.
(3)
Open the front cover approximately 1 to 2 cm: The safety switch has to interrupt
and the user interface LED has to go off.
The Main Switch with Wire Harness is replaced.
Replacing the Power Supply
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 0486 1420 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 45
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
Small size
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 26
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 46
DANGER:
If the power cord is connected and the main switch is switched on the input
side of the power supply is connected to high voltage. Risk of life.
Remove all cables in the rear of the digitizer before opening of the rear cover
(3)
Open the screws in the rear (A).
(4)
Open the rear cover (B).
A
B
5175_c35_010.cdr
Figure 47
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 27
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Supporting the rear cover by
hand, open screws at input and
output side of the power supply
a few turns.
5175_c35_016.cdr
Figure 48
(6)
Remove the power supply.
5175_c35_017.cdr
Figure 49
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. Observe three Safety Notes and the NOTE below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 28
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DANGER:
green/yellow
black
If the cables at the input side of
the power supply are mounted
wrong, the housing of the digitizer
can be connected to high voltage.
Risk of life.
Mount the cables at the power
supply input as indicated on the
cables and shown in Figure 50.
green/yellow
black
black
5175_c35_015.cdr
Figure 50
CAUTION:
If the cables at the output side at the
top of the power supply are
mounted wrong, all printed circuit
black
boards will be defective after
switch-on.
red
Mount the cables as shown in
Figure 51.
5175_c35_017a.cdr
Figure 51
WARNING:
Improper ground connections inside the device or too high leakage current may lead
to electric shocks.
 After any work at the power supply or at any component connected to mains
voltage inform the responsible organization 2 about the necessity of the electrical
test according to national regulations.
If specific national regulations do not exist: It is recommended to perform the
electrical test according to IEC 62353.

Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers and all grounding
connections inside the device are present.
2
Responsible Organization:
Entity accountable for the use and maintenance of a medical equipment or a medical equipment system.
The accountable entity can be, for example, a hospital or an individual clinician.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 29
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
Insert the wire rope (A) in cable
holder (B) before mounting the Top
Cover.
A
B
5175_c35_319.cdr
Figure 52
Verification:
Result:
1.9
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the boot-up is finished: The user interface LED has to be green.
The Power Supply is replaced.
Replacing the USB Cable
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 0477 1112 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 53
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
cutter
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 54
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 55
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 31
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 56
(7)
Disconnect the cable at the PMI
board (A).
(8)
Cut the cable ties at the USB
connector (B).
(9)
Open the cable holders.
(10) Take out the USB cable.
A
B
5175_c35_018.cdr
Figure 57
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See NOTE below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 32
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
Mount the cable holder this way that
the USB symbol looks to the inner
side.
5175_c35_019.cdr
Figure 58
Verification:
Result:
2
(1)
Perform a backup on USB stick. For details refer to chapter 3.2, Machine
specific Tools, Software Tools and Auxiliary Equipment.
The USB cable is replaced.
Replacement of the complete Input Tray
The replacement instructions for the Input Tray, spare part number*
CM+9 5178 4000 2 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and CM+604210 0 (for CR 30-Xm), are enclosed
to the spare part. Document ID: 37271571
The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document. When
ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 33
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Replacements in the Cassette Input Module
3.1
Replacing the Cassette Opener Assembly
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
For CR 30-X 2nd:
CM+9 5178 5200 1 (without Cassette
Opener Sensor) and CM+6049730
(with Cassette Opener Sensor)
For CR 30-Xm: CM+6042091 (with
Cassette Opener Sensor)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 59
NOTE:
For information about which type of cassette opener assembly (with / without Cassette
Opener Sensor) can be used in which SN range of CR 30-X 2nd, refer to the spare
parts list. For more information see also Service Bulletin 09 “Changes in spare parts for
the Input Tray“, DD+DIS221.12E.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 34
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 60
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 61
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 62
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 35
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 63
(9)
Remove all cables at the
handling control board.
(10) Open all cable holders at the
handling control board. See
NOTE below.
(11) Remove one screw.
(12) Remove the handling control
board.
5175_c35_020.cdr
Figure 64
NOTE:
For opening of the rectangular cable
holders use the fingernail or a
screwdriver.
5175_c35_082.cdr
Figure 65
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(13) Turn at spindle to open the
cassette fixation a few turns.
5175_c35_091.cdr
Figure 66
(14) Remove the cables at the
cassette edge detection switch.
5175_c35_092.cdr
Figure 67
(15) Disconnect the cable at the
E-Label.
(16) Open the corresponding cable
holders.
5175_c35_103.cdr
Figure 68
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 37
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(17) Remove the screws at the
Cassette Fixation Unit left hand
side.
5175_c35_021a.cdr
Figure 69
(18) Remove the screws at the
Cassette Fixation Unit right
hand side.
(19) Remove the Cassette Fixation
Unit.
B
A
5175_c35_022.cdr
Figure 70
(20) Remove three screws (A).
(21) Remove the Cassette Opener
assembly (B).
B
A
A
A
5175_C35_023.cdr
Figure 71
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 38
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(2)
Connect the cables at the
cassette edge detection switch
as shown in Figure 72
orange
white
black
5175_c35_095.cdr
Figure 72
NOTE:
Mounting the cassette fixation unit is
easier if the cassette opener is in
position “open”. Pull at the opener belt
to open the cassette opener.
5175_c35_028.cdr
Figure 73
CALIBRATION:
(1) For Cassette Opener Assembly with Cassette Opener Sensor: Perform a
Cassette Opener Sensor Calibration. Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Cassette Opener Assembly is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 39
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.2
Replacing the Cassette Opener Sensor
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+6042851
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 74
NOTE:
For more information to the Cassette Opener Sensor see also Service Bulletin 09
“Changes in spare parts for the Input Tray“, DD+DIS221.12E.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 75
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 40
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 76
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 77
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 78
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 41
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove four screws at the
holder of the handling control
board.
B
(10) Turn the holder with all cables
connected and lay it on top of
the cassette unit.
A
5175_c35_028a.cdr
Figure 79
(11) Remove two screws (A).
(12) Open cable holder (B).
(13) Disconnect cable (C).
(14) Remove the cassette opener
sensor.
Figure 80
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Cassette Opener Sensor is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 42
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.3
Replacing the Opener Motor M3
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 8530 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 81
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 82
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 43
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 83
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 84
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 85
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 44
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove cable at P10 at the
handling control board.
P10
5175_c35_024.a
Figure 86
(10) Open cable holders.
(11) Remove four screws.
(12) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_025.ai
Figure 87
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 45
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
Mount the motor this way that the
cable outlet at the motor is at the "9
o'clock position" (seen from the left
hand side).
5175_c35_026.ai
Figure 88
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Opener Motor M3 is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 46
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.4
Replacing the toothed Belt for Opener Motor M3
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4005 0 (Set of 4 belts for
Opener Motor M4, Transport roller
Motor M5, Drawer Motor M4, Roller
Clamping Motor M6)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 89
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 90
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 47
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 91
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 92
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 93
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 48
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Take off the opener belt.
5175_c35_027.cdr
Figure 94
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The toothed Belt for the Opener Motor is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 49
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.5
Replacing the Chip Reader
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+604420 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 95
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Small size (PZ1)
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 96
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 50
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 97
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 98
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 99
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 51
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Pull at the opener belt to open
the cassette opener.
5175_c35_028.cdr
Figure 100
(10) Remove four screws at the
holder of the handling control
board.
B
(11) Turn the holder with all cables
connected and lay it on top of
the cassette unit.
A
5175_c35_028a.cdr
Figure 101
(12) Remove two screws (A, B).
A
(13) Disconnect cable (C).
(14) Remove the chip reader.
B
C
5175_c35_029b.cdr
Figure 102
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 52
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
3.6
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Chip Reader is replaced.
Replacing the Handling Control Board
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4510 1
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 103
NOTE:
For more information to the spare part “Handling Control Board” see also Service
Bulletin 09 “Changes in spare parts for the Input Tray“, DD+DIS221.12E.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 53
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 104
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 105
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 106
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 54
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 107
(9)
Remove all cables at the
handling control board.
(10) Remove one screw.
(11) Remove the handling control
board.
5175_c35_020.cdr
Figure 108
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(2)
Perform a software installation if required. See IMPORTANT note below.
Refer to the installation instructions enclosed to the software on the Agfa
HealthCare Library => Computed Radiography => CR Digitizer =>
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-X m => Software.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 55
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
After switch on its is possible that error 4230 pops up, indicating a software mismatch
between the installed software and the software which was installed on the Handling
Control Board in production.
To solve this error, install the latest digitizer software. The software including
installation instructions is available on the Agfa HealthCare Library.
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
3.7
Perform a stall calibration for all motors.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Handling Control Board is replaced.
Replacing the Cassette Unlatch Assembly
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 5600 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 109
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 56
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 110
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 111
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 57
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 112
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 113
(9)
Remove cable at P8 at the
handling control board.
(10) Open cable holders.
P8
5175_c35_030.ai
Figure 114
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 58
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(11) Remove three screws.
(12) Remove the unlatch assembly.
5175_c35_unlatch.cdr
Figure 115
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
NOTE:
Use the notch in the motor base plate
to mount the unlatch assembly
properly in its mounting pins.
5175_c35_085.cdr
Figure 116
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Perform a stall calibration for the unlatch motor.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 59
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
3.8
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The cassette unlatch assembly is replaced.
Replacing the Cassette Fixation Unit
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 5800 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 117
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 30 minutes
 20 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 60
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 118
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 119
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 120
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 61
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 121
(9)
Disconnect connectors P7 and
P8 at the handling control
board.
P8
P7
5175_c35_086.ai
Figure 122
(10) Remove the cables at the
cassette edge detection switch.
5175_c35_092.cdr
Figure 123
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 62
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(11) Open cable holders.
(12) Remove three screws.
(13) Remove the Cassette Unlatch
Assembly.
5175_c35_unlatch.cdr
Figure 124
(14) Remove screws at the Cassette
Fixation Unit left hand side.
5175_c35_021a.cdr
Figure 125
(15) Remove screws at the Cassette
Fixation Unit right hand side
(A).
(16) Remove Cassette Fixation
Unit (B).
B
5175_c35_022.cdr
A
Figure 126
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 63
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(2)
Connect the cables at the
cassette edge detection switch
as shown in Figure 127.
orange
white
black
5175_c35_095.cdr
Figure 127
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Perform a stall calibration for the fixation motor.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Cassette Opener Assembly is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 64
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.9
Replacing the Cassette Fixing Motor M1
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 5810 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 128
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 129
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 65
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 130
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 131
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front cover
approximately 5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 132
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 66
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove cable at P7 at the
handling control board.
(10) Open cable holders.
P7
5175_c35_031.ai
Figure 133
(11) Remove three screws.
(12) Put the unlatch assembly on the
table.
5175_c35_unlatch.cdr
Figure 134
(13) Remove three screws at the
cassette fixing motor M1.
(14) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_032.ai
Figure 135
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 67
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
IMPORTANT:
Mount the motor this way that the
cable outlet at the motor is positioned
to the "3 o'clock position" (seen from
the right hand side).
5175_c35_033.ai
Figure 136
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Perform a stall calibration for the cassette fixation motor.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Cassette Fixation Motor is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 68
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.10
Replacing the IP Sensor Cable
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 8620 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 137
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 138
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 69
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 139
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 140
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 141
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 70
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove cable at connector
P18 at the handling control
board.
P18
5175_c35_034.ai
Figure 142
(10) Open cable holders.
(11) Disconnect cable at the Roller
IP Sensor.
5175_c35_035.ai
Figure 143
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The IP Sensor Cable is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 71
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.11
Replacing the Tag Reader Cable
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 8610 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 144
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 145
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 72
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 146
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 147
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 148
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 73
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove four screws at the
holder of the handling control
board.
B
(10) Turn the holder with all cables
connected and lay it on top of
the cassette unit.
A
5175_c35_028a.cdr
Figure 149
(11) Open the cable holders.
(12) Disconnect the cable at the Tag
Reader.
5175_c35_036.cdr
Figure 150
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Tag Reader Cable is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 74
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
3.12
Replacing the User Interface Cable
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 8630 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 151
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 152
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 75
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 153
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 154
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B

A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 155
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 76
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove cable at connector
P17 at the handling control
board.
(10) Open cable holders.
P17
(11) Remove the user interface
cable.
5175_c35_037a.ai
Figure 156
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The User Interface Cable is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 77
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
4
Replacements in the Cassette Transport Module
4.1
Replacing the Drawer Unit
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6700 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 157
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 158
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 78
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 159
(5)
Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the screw for the
erasure unit (D).
(8)
Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 160
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 79
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Open the cassette unit by
turning at the belt.
Figure 161
(10) Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 162
(11) Remove two screws (A).
(12) Remove the toothed belt (B).
A
B
5175_c35_040.cdr
Figure 163
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 80
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(13) Shift the drawer unit to the
front.
(14) Remove two screws.
5175_c35_041A.cdr
Figure 164
(15) Lift-up the drawer unit upper
plate.
5175_c35_043A.cdr
Figure 165
(16) Shift back the drawer unit as far
as possible (A).
(17) Lift up the tray flap support (B).
(18) Take off the drawer unit (C).
See IMPORTANT note below.
Figure 166
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 81
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
Take care not to damage the surface of the transport rollers when removing and
mounting the drawer unit.
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See NOTE below.
NOTE:

Use the visual positioning aid to
position the drawer unit
properly. See Figure 167.

Mount the belt before mounting
the screws.
5175_c35_043C.cdr
Figure 167
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Perform a stall calibration for the drawer motor.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Drawer Unit is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 82
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
4.2
Replacing the Drawer Motor M4
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6055 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 168
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 169
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 83
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 170
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 171
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 172
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 84
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove cable at connector P9
at the handling control board.
(10) Open cable holders.
P9
5175_c35_043.ai
Figure 173
(11) Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(12) Open cable holder (C).
(13) Remove the mounting screw
(D).
(14) Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 174
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 85
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(15) Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 175
(16) Shift back the drawer unit.
B
(17) Lift-up the drawer unit plate (A).
(18) Remove two screws (B).
(19) Remove the toothed belt.
(20) Remove the drawer motor.
A
5175_c35_044.cdr
Figure 176
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Perform a stall calibration for the drawer motor.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 86
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
4.3
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Drawer Motor is replaced.
Replacing the Drawer Motor Belt
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4005 0 (Set of 4 belts for
Opener Motor M4, Transport roller
Motor M5, Drawer Motor M4, Roller
Clamping Motor M6)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 177
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 87
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 178
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 179
(5)
Disconnect two cables at the
Erasure Unit (A, B).
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the mounting screw
(D).
(8)
Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 180
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 88
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
(9)
Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 181
(10) Lift-up the drawer unit
plate (A).
(11) Remove the toothed belt.
A
5175_c35_045.cdr
Figure 182
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 89
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
4.4
Perform a stall calibration for the drawer motor.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Drawer Motor belt is replaced.
Replacing the Permanent Magnets
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6765 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 183
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Small size
(1 x 5,5 mm)
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 90
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 184
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 185
(5)
Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the mounting screw
(D).
(8)
Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 186
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 91
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
(9)
Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 187
(10) Shift back the drawer unit (A)
A
(11) Replace the three large
permanent magnets (B).
(12) Replace the two small
permanent magnets (C).
B
B
B
C
5175_c35_047.cdr
Figure 188
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 92
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
4.5
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Permanent Magnets are replaced.
Replacing the Upper Roller Assembly
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6400 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 189
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 93
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 190
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 191
(5)
Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the screw for the
erasure unit (D).
(8)
Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 192
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 94
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 193
(10) Open cable holders.
(11) Remove two screws on the
right (A) and two screws on the
left (B).
(12) Take out the Upper Roller
Assembly.
B
5175_c35_048.cdr
B
A
A
Figure 194
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
IMPORTANT:
Handle the upper roller assembly carefully: The rollers are sensitive.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 95
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
4.6
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Upper Roller Assembly is replaced.
Replacing the Input Rollers
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6325 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 195
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 35 minutes
 30 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 96
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 196
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 197
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 198
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 97
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 199
(9)
Remove cable at connector
P13 at the handling control
board.
(10) Open cable holders.
P13
5175_c35_049.ai
Figure 200
IMPORTANT:
The motor is mounted with one spacer.
Take care not to loose the spacer.
5175_c35_050.ai
Figure 201
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 98
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(11) Open three screws.
(12) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_051.ai
Figure 202
(13) Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(14) Open cable holder (C).
(15) Remove the screw for the
erasure unit (D).
(16) Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 203
(17) Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 204
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 99
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(18) Open cable holders.
(19) Remove two screws on the
right (A) and two screws on the
left (B).
(20) Take out the Upper Roller
Assembly.
B
5175_c35_048.cdr
B
A
A
Figure 205
(21) Using a screwdriver remove
two ball bearings at left hand
side.
5175_c35_105.cdr
Figure 206
(22) Using a screwdriver remove
two ball bearings at right hand
side.
5175_c35_106.cdr
Figure 207
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 100
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(23) Take off the lower roller
assembly.
5175_c35_107.cdr
Figure 208
(24) Dismount the rollers. Take care
not to loose the two pins.
(25) Mount the new rollers at the
correct positions as shown in
Figure 209.
5175_c35_104.cdr
Figure 209
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 101
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
Mount the motor this way that the
cable outlet at the motor is positioned
to the "3 o'clock position" (seen from
the right hand side).
5175_c35_052.ai
Figure 210
Verification:
Result:
4.7
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Input Roller Assembly is replaced.
Replacing the Transport Roller Motor M5
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4519 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 211
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 102
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 212
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 213
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 103
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 214
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 215
(9)
Remove cable at connector
P13 at the handling control
board.
(10) Open cable holders.
P13
5175_c35_049.ai
Figure 216
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 104
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
The motor is mounted with one spacer.
Take care not to loose the spacer.
5175_c35_050.ai
Figure 217
(11) Open three screws.
(12) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_051.ai
Figure 218
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 105
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
Mount the motor this way that the
cable outlet at the motor is positioned
to the "3 o'clock position" (seen from
the right hand side).
5175_c35_052.ai
Figure 219
Verification:
Result:
4.8
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Transport Roller Motor is replaced.
Replacing the Belt of the Transport Roller Motor
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4005 0 (Set of 4 belts for
Opener Motor M4, Transport roller
Motor M5, Drawer Motor M4, Roller
Clamping Motor M6)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 220
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 106
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 20 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 221
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 222
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 107
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 223
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately 5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 224
(9)
Open three screws. See
IMPORTANT note below.
(10) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_051.ai
Figure 225
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 108
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
The motor is mounted with one spacer.
Take care not to loose the spacer.
5175_c35_050.ai
Figure 226
(11) Remove the belt.
5175_c35_053.cdr
Figure 227
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 109
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
Mount the motor this way that the
cable outlet at the motor is positioned
to the "3 o'clock position" (seen from
the right hand side).
5175_c35_052.ai
Figure 228
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Transport Roller Motor Belt is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 110
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
4.9
Replacing the Roller Clamping Motor M6
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6025 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 229
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 230
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 111
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 231
(5)
Open the upper (A) and lower
screws (B) a few turns.
A
B
5175_c35_002.cdr
Figure 232
(6)
Press both buttons at the feed
table and pull out the front
cover approximately
5 cm (A).
(7)
Disconnect the cable (B).
(8)
Remove the front cover.
B
 5 cm
A
5175_c35_003.cdr
Figure 233
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 112
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(15) Remove cable at P12 of the
handling control board.
P12
5175_c35_054.ai
Figure 234
(16) Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(17) Open cable holder (C).
(18) Remove the screw for the
erasure unit (D).
(19) Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 235
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 113
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(20) Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 236
(21) Open cable holders.
(22) Remove the screws.
(23) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_055.ai
Figure 237
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Perform a stall calibration for the Roller Clamping Motor (M6).
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 114
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
4.10
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Roller Clamping Motor M6 is replaced.
Replacing the Belt of the Roller Clamping Motor
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4005 0 (Set of 4 belts for
Opener Motor M4, Transport roller
Motor M5, Drawer Motor M4, Roller
Clamping Motor M6)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 238
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes stall calibration
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 115
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 239
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 240
(5)
Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the screw for the
erasure unit (D).
(8)
Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 241
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 116
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
(9)
Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 242
(10) Lift up the upper plate of the
drawer unit (A).
(11) Remove two screws at the
bearing plate (B, C).
B
A
C
B
5175_c35_096.cdr
Figure 243
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 117
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(12) Open cable holders.
(13) Remove the screws.
(14) Remove the motor.
5175_c35_055.ai
Figure 244
(15) Shift the guide plate to the rear.
5175_c35_088.cdr
Figure 245
(16) Shift the roller to the right.
(17) Take out the belt.
5175_c35_056.cdr
Figure 246
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 118
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
CALIBRATION:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Perform a stall calibration for the Roller Clamping Motor (M6).
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Roller Clamping Motor Belt is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 119
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
4.11
Replacing the Erasure Unit
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 3600 0 (CR 30-X 2nd)
CM+604110 0 (CR 30-Xm)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 247
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 248
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 120
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 249
(5)
Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the screw for the
erasure unit (D).
(8)
Remove the erasure unit.
Figure 250
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Erasure Unit is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 121
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
4.12
Replacing the Guide Plate Erasure Unit
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 6013 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 251
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 252
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 122
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 253
(5)
Disconnect two cables (A, B) at
the Erasure Unit.
(6)
Open cable holder (C).
(7)
Remove the mounting screw
(D).
(8)
Remove the Erasure Unit.
Figure 254
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 123
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Remove the IP Guide Plate.
5175_c35_039.cdr
Figure 255
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
4.13
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Guide Plate Erasure Unit is replaced.
Replacing the Roller IP Sensor
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 9499 6950 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 256
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 124
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 257
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 258
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 125
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Disconnect the cable (A).
(6)
Remove the Roller IP Sensor
(B).
A
B
5175_c35_035a.cdr
Figure 259
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Roller IP Sensor is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 126
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
4.14
Replacing the Cleaning Brush
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+8 5175 1410 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 260
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 10 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 261
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 127
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 262
(5)
Take out the cleaning brush.
5175_c35_058.cdr
Figure 263
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Switch on the digitizer.
(2)
Wait until the green light at the user interface lights up
(takes approximately 1,5 minutes).
The Cleaning Brush is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 128
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5
Replacements in the Scanner Module
5.1
Replacing the Gearbox with Motor M2 and Scan Rollers
The replacement instructions for the Gearbox with Motor M2 and Scan Rollers, spare
part number* CM+9 5178 2500 1 (CR 30-X 2nd) and CM+604232 0 (CR 30-Xm), are
enclosed to the spare part.
Document ID: 35407828
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
5.2
Replacing the Slow Scan Motor M2
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2580 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 264
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
2,5 mm
NOTE:
The Allen key 2,5 mm is part of delivery. It is required for the coupling between slow
scan drive and slow scan gearbox.
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 129
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 265
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 266
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 130
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 267
(7)
Remove the left cover.
Figure 268
(8)
Disconnect the slow scan motor
(A).
(9)
Open the screw at the slow
scan coupling approximately
two turns (B).
A
(10) Remove the slow scan motor
(C).
B
B
C
Figure 269
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 131
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
Result:
The slow scan motor M2 is replaced.
5.3
Replacing the Upper Scan Rollers
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2650 0 (CR 30-X 2nd)
CM+604909 0 (CR 30-Xm)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 270
NOTE:
The front and rear scan rollers are different. As the left ball bearings are different in size
they only fit in the corresponding bearing seat. A mix-up is not possible.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
Small size
(1 x 5,5 mm)
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 132
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:
Handle the scan rollers carefully. They have a sensitive surface.
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 271
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 272
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 133
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 273
(7)
Open the screws in the rear (A).
(8)
Open the rear cover (B).
A
B
5175_c35_010.cdr
Figure 274
(9)
Remove the right cover.
Figure 275
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 134
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(10) Remove the mounting
screws (A).
(11) Remove the roller lift
assembly (B).
A
B
A
A
5175_ENC_201.cdr
Figure 276
(12) Take out the upper scan
rollers.
5175_c35_061a.cdr
Figure 277
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See two NOTEs below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 135
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
When inserting the new upper scan
rollers slightly press down the roller
clamps using a small screwdriver.
5175_c35_062A.cdr
Figure 278
NOTE:
Insert the wire rope (A) in cable
holder (B) before mounting the Top
Cover.
A
B
5175_c35_319.cdr
Figure 279
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Upper Scan Rollers are replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 136
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.4
Replacing the Reflector with Brush
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 3020 2 (CR 30-X 2nd)
CM+604106 0 (CR 30-Xm)
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 280
CAUTION:
Finger prints on the mirror may cause reduced image quality.
Be careful not to touch the mirror.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
TX30
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 50 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 30 minutes shading calibration
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 137
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 281
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 282
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 138
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 283
(7)
Disconnect the cables at the
adapter board.
5175_c35_101.cdr
Figure 284
(8)
Remove four screws at the
optic module.
(9)
Remove the optic module.
5175_c35_102.cdr
Figure 285
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 139
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(10) Remove two screws
(11) Take out the reflector with
brush.
5175_c35_064.cdr
Figure 286
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See two IMPORTANT notes below..
IMPORTANT:
Remove the adhesive foil from the mirror before mounting.
IMPORTANT:
Check whether the connector at the
PMI Board is properly closed. This
may be accidentally opened when
inserting the optic module.
5175_c35_074.ai
Figure 287
CALIBRATION:
(1) Perform a shading calibration.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 140
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
5.5
The verification is done during the shading calibration procedure. There at the end a
flatfield is scanned and evaluated.
The Reflector with Brush is replaced.
Replacing the PMT with Light Collector
The replacement instructions for the PMT with Light Collector, spare part number*
CM+9 5178 3140 3 (for CR 30-X 2nd) and CM+604107 0 (for CR 30-Xm), are enclosed
to the spare part. Document ID: 35393909
The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document. When
ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 141
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.6
Replacing the Calibration Board
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2470 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 288
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
Preparation:
(1)
Switch on the digitizer and NX workstation.
(2)
Open the browser.
(3)
Start the internet explorer.
(4)
Enter the IP address of the digitizer in the address window.
(5)
Enter username and password.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 142
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
If the digitizer IP address is not known, look it up in the NX configuration tool:

Double-click the icon <Start NX Configurator> on the desktop.

Select: Load active configuration

Go to: Devices > Digitizer Configuration
This page shows the digitizer IP address.

Quit the NX Configurator (Close without saving any changes).
(6)
Select: <Prepare CAL.
Board replacement>.
(7)
Click on: <Start>
(8)
Wait until message appears:
"Switch off the device and
dismantle the CALIBRATION
BOARD" (takes approx. 5
seconds)
Figure 289
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 290
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 143
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 291
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 292
(7)
Remove the right cover.
Figure 293
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 144
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(8)
Remove the mounting
screws (A).
(9)
Remove the roller lift assembly
(B).
A
B
A
A
5175_ENC_201.cdr
Figure 294
(10) Open two screws (A).
(11) Pull out the calibration board a
few centimeters (B).
(12) Disconnect the cable (C).
(13) Remove the calibration board.
B
C
5175_c35_065.cdr
Figure 295
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 145
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT:

Connect the cable before
pushing in the calibration board.

Check the proper seat of the
alignment pin before mounting
the screws of the calibration
board. See Figure 296.
Alignment Pin
5175_c35_066.cdr
Figure 296
Verification:
Result:
5.7
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Calibration Board is replaced.
Replacing the PMI Board
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2170 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 297
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 146
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended not to replace PMI board and CF card at the same time.
Reason: In this case the network settings are lost. The software installation instructions
describe a method to recover from missing network settings. Nevertheless it is advised
to avoid this situation.
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 298
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 299
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 147
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 300
(7)
Open two screws and shift back
the cable retainer (A).
(8)
Fasten the two screws of the
cable retainer.
(9)
Disconnect two cables at the
PMT board (B).
A
B
5175_c35_083.cdr
Figure 301
CAUTION:
Grounding washer can be lost.
Take care when removing the grounding screw at the PMT board.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 148
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(10) Disconnect connector (A).
C
D
(11) Remove the grounding screw
(B) at the PMT board. Take
care not to lose the washer.
A
B
(12) Remove CF card retainer with
screw (C).
(13) Disconnect the
PMT board (D).
E
(14) Open one connector at the
PMI board (E).
5175_c35_077.cdr
Figure 302
(15) Disconnect five cables at the
PMI board (A).
B
(16) Remove two screws (B).
(17) Take out the PMI board.
A
5175_c35_068.cdr
Figure 303
(18) Insert the CF card in the new
PMI board.
5175_c35_070.cdr
Figure 304
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 149
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See IMPORTANT note below.
IMPORTANT:
Mount the washer at the PMT board
grounding screw with the serrated
side down.
5175_c35_320.cdr
Figure 305
Verification:
Result:
5.8
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The PMI Board is replaced.
Replacing the CF Card (Solid State Disk)
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5170 9885 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 306
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 150
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 20 minutes
 5 minutes exchange
 10 minutes software installation
 5 minutes verification
IMPORTANT:
It is strongly recommended not to replace PMI board and CF card at the same time.
Reason: In this case the network settings are lost. The software installation instructions
describe a method to recover from missing network settings. Nevertheless it is advised
to avoid this situation.
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 307
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 151
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Remove screw with holder (A).
(4)
Pull out the CF card (B).
A
B
5175_c35_321.cdr
Figure 308
ASSEMBLY:
Verification:
Result:
5.9
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
(2)
Perform a software installation.
Refer to the installation instructions enclosed to the software on the Agfa
HealthCare Library => Computed Radiography => CR Digitizer =>
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-X m => Software.
The verification is done during software installation. There at the end a flatfield image is
scanned and evaluated.
The CF card is replaced.
Replacing the Power Integration Board
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 4550 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 309
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 152
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 310
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 311
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 153
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 312
(7)
Disconnect the two cables (A)
at the Power Integration Board.
(8)
Remove one screw (B).
(9)
Remove the Power Integration
Board.
A
B
5175_c35_071.cdr
Figure 313
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 154
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
Verification:
Result:
5.10
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Power Integration Board is replaced.
Replacing the Optic Module
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2750 1 (CR 30-X2nd)
CM+604108 0 (CR 30-Xm)
Tx30
Figure 314
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX30
TX20
1,5 mm Copper Filter*
CM+9 5155 1015 2
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
NOTE:
The 2 mm aluminum filter is required for CR 30-Xm only, if a Mammography modality is
used for shading calibration. For more information refer to service manual chapter 3.6,
Adjustments and Calibrations.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 155
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 45 minutes
 15 minutes exchange
 25 minutes shading calibration
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 315
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 316
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 156
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 317
(7)
Disconnect the cables at the
adapter board.
5175_c35_101.cdr
Figure 318
(8)
Remove four screws at the
optic module.
(9)
Remove the optic module.
5175_c35_102.cdr
Figure 319
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 157
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. SEE IMPORTANT note below.
IMPORTANT:
Remove the tape before installation.
Figure 320
IMPORTANT:
Check whether the connector at the
PMI Board is properly closed. This
may be accidentally opened when
inserting the new optic module.
5175_c35_074.ai
Figure 321
CALIBRATION:
(1) Perform a shading calibration.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations.
Verification:
Result:
The verification is done during the shading calibration procedure. There at the end a
flatfield is scanned and evaluated.
The Optic Module is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 158
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.11
Replacing the Right Roller Lift Assembly
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+6024710 (with standard spring
force)**
CM+6048600 (with increased spring
force of 60 N)**
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 322
**NOTE:
The spare part "CM+6048600" has a sticker mounted "Spring force: 60 N".
For up-to-date information concerning compatibility to CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm refer to
the spare parts list.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 159
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(1)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(2)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 323
CAUTION:
Components underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully take off the top cover.
(3)
Remove two screws (A).
(4)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 324
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 160
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove the right cover.
Figure 325
(6)
Remove the mounting
screws (A).
(7)
Remove the roller lift
assembly (B).
A
B
A
A
5175_ENC_201.cdr
Figure 326
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Left Roller Lift Assembly is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 161
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.12
Replacing the Left Roller Lift Assembly
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+6024690 (with standard spring
force)**
CM+6048590 (with increased spring
force of 60 N)**
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 327
**NOTE:
The spare part "CM+6048590" has a sticker mounted "Spring force: 60 N".
For up-to-date information concerning compatibility to CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm refer to
the spare parts list.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
Small size
(1 x 5,5 mm)
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 25 minutes
 20 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 162
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 328
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 329
CAUTION:
Components underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully take off the top cover.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 163
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 330
(7)
Open the screws in the rear
(A).
(8)
Open the rear cover (B).
A
B
5175_c35_010.cdr
Figure 331
(9)
Remove the left cover.
Figure 332
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 164
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(10) Remove the right cover.
Figure 333
(11) Remove the mounting
screws (A).
(12) Remove the roller lift
assembly (B).
A
B
A
A
5175_ENC_201.cdr
Figure 334
(13) Take out the upper scan
rollers.
5175_c35_061a.cdr
Figure 335
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 165
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(14) Disconnect the
motor cable (A).
A
(15) Disconnect the cable at the
E-Label (B).
(16) Remove four screws (C).
B
C
(17) Take out Gearbox with Motor
and Scan Rollers (D).
C
D
C
5175_c35_081.cdr
C
Figure 336
(18) Remove three screws.
(19) Remove the Left Roller Lift
Assembly.
5175_c35_322.cdr
Figure 337
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Mount in reverse order. See two NOTEs below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 166
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
When inserting the scan rollers
slightly press down the roller clamps
using a small screwdriver..
5175_c35_062A.cdr
Figure 338
NOTE:
Insert the wire rope (A) in cable
holder (B) before mounting the Top
Cover.
A
B
5175_c35_319.cdr
Figure 339
Verification:
Result:
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Left Roller Lift Assembly is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 167
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.13
Replacing the Guide Plate Scanner Input
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2484 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 340
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 15 minutes
 10 minutes exchange
 5 minutes verification
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 341
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 168
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 342
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 343
(7)
Remove the right cover.
Figure 344
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 169
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(8)
Remove the left cover.
Figure 345
(9)
Remove the screws of the
guide plate.
(10) Take out the guide plate.
5175_c35_075.cdr
Figure 346
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Verification:
Result:
Mount in reverse order.
(1)
Insert a cassette with an unexposed image plate in the digitizer.
(2)
At the workstation select examination type “System diagnosis – Flatfield”.
(3)
Select “ID” to identify the image: Scanning starts.
(4)
Confirm that the image arrives at the workstation.
(5)
Reject the image.
The Guide Plate Scanner Input is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 170
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.14
Replacing the Pane in Scanner
REQUIRED SPARE PART*:
CM+9 5178 2413 0
* The last digit in the spare part number
indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual
revision of the spare part is delivered.
Figure 347
REQUIRED TOOLS:
TX30
TX20
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 1 hour
 30 minutes exchange
 25 minutes shading calibration
 5 minutes verification
5.14.1
Removing the Pane in Scanner
DISASSEMBLY:
(1)
Switch off the digitizer (A).
(2)
Disconnect the cables (B).
A
OFF
B
5175_c35_001.cdr
Figure 348
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 171
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(3)
Press both buttons at the feed
table (A).
(4)
Pull out the cassette unit (B).
A
B
5175_c35_00A.cdr
Figure 349
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover. Follow the instructions as shown in next step.
(5)
Remove two screws (A).
(6)
Take off the top cover (B, C).
5175_c35_004.cdr
Figure 350
(7)
Remove the right cover.
Figure 351
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 172
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(8)
Open the screws in the
rear (A).
(9)
Open the rear cover (B).
A
B
5175_c35_010a.cdr
Figure 352
(10) Remove the mounting
screws (A).
(11) Remove the roller lift
assembly (B).
A
B
A
A
5175_ENC_201.cdr
Figure 353
(12) Remove two screws (A).
(13) Pull out the calibration board a
few centimeters (B).
(14) Disconnect the cable (C).
(15) Remove the calibration board.
B
C
5175_c35_065.cdr
Figure 354
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 173
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(10) Disconnect the cables at the
adapter board.
5175_c35_101.cdr
Figure 355
(11) Remove four screws at the
optic module.
(12) Remove the optic module.
5175_c35_102.cdr
Figure 356
(13) Remove four screws (A) at
the rear bracket.
(14) Remove two screws (B) at
the IP guide.
(15) Remove the rear bracket
with IP guide (C).
A
A
C
B
B
5175_ENC_305.cdr
Figure 357
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 174
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
The following steps depend on the installed version of PMT with Light Collector:
Version 1 has the cables connected on the lower side of the PMT board.
Version 2 has the cable connected on top of the PMT board.
Version 1
Version 2
Figure 358
Figure 359
(16) Version 1: Open two screws and shift back the cable retainer (A).
Version 2: Open two screws and remove the cable retainer (A).
(17) Disconnect two cables at the PMT board (B).
A
A
Version 2
Version 1
B
B
B
5175_c35_083A.cdr
Figure 360: Version 1
Figure 361: Version 2
CAUTION:
Grounding washer can be lost.
Take care when removing the grounding screw at the PMT board.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 175
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(18) Version 1 only: Disconnect
connector (A).
Note, that this connector is not
available on version 2 of the
PMT with Light Collector.
C
D
A
B
(19) Remove the grounding screw
(B) at the PMT board. Take
care not to lose the washer.
(20) Remove CF card retainer with
screw (C).
(21) Disconnect the
PMT board (D).
(22) Open one connector at the
PMI board (E)
E
5175_c35_077.cdr
Figure 362
CAUTION:
The spring package at the light collector fixation screws may fall off.
Stop opening the light collector fixation screws when they reach their upper position:.
(23) Open the Light Collector
fixation screws until they
reach their upper
end position (approximately
15 turns).
Figure 363
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 176
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
The light collector fixation screws have 5 disk springs attached to ensure a fixed
pressure when the screws are completely screwed down.
The disk spring package is either fixed via a small retaining ring (Fixation screw
type I - first Digitizers CR 30-X 2nd only) or via fitted bolt (Fixation screw type II).
The retaining ring or fitted bolt may fall off, when the fixation screws are opened
more than 15 turns, and force is applied to drive the spring package against the
stop. Note, that the fixation screws type I are more sensitive.
Figure 364
(24) Remove two screws at
the PMT.
5175_ENC_308.cdr
Figure 365
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 177
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(25) Shift the PMT with Light
Collector slightly up to release
the retainer screw (A).
A
A
(26) Carefully slide out the PMT
with Light Collector (B).
B
5175_ENC_309.cdr
Figure 366
(27) Remove one screw of the rear
brush.
5175_c35_323.cdr
Figure 367
(28) Take out the pane.
5175_c35_325.cdr
Figure 368
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 178
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
5.14.2
Mounting the new Pane in Scanner
ASSEMBLY:
(1)
Insert the new Pane in
Scanner.
(2)
Mount the screw at the rear
brush.
(3)
Insert the calibration board.
Stop at approximately 5
centimeters before it is
completely in.
(4)
Mount the cable.
(5)
Insert the calibration board.
Check the proper seat of the
alignment pin before mounting
the screws of the calibration
board. See Figure 369.
(6)
Mount the right Roller Lift
Assembly.
(7)
Carefully insert the PMT with
Light Collector (A).
(8)
Insert the retainer screw (B).
Alignment Pin
5175_c35_066.cdr
Figure 369
B
A
5175_ENC_312.cdr
Figure 370
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 179
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
Verify the proper mounting of
the Light Collector:
The retainer screw has to be
centered and has to sit on its
notch.
Figure 371
(10) Mount one screw at the PMT
approximately 2 turns:
Do not fasten it yet.
2x
5175_ENC_313.cdr
Figure 372
(11) Shift the light collector to the
right.
See IMPORTANT note below.
5175_ENC_314.cdr
Figure 373
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 180
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
IMPORTANT::
The clearance of the light collector in the sand casting plate is approximately 1 mm.
To ensure, that the light collector is always mounted at the same position, the right
hand side is defined as "Zero position".
(12) Screw down both Light
Collector fixation screws
(Figure 374 only shows the
right one).
Fasten it with normal force.
Figure 374
(13) Mount the second screw at
the PMT.
(14) Fixate both screws.
5175_ENC_316.cdr
Figure 375
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 181
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
(15) Mount the PMT board.
Be sure to mount the washer
at the PMT board grounding
screw with the serrated side
down.
Note, that connector A is not
available on version 2 of the
PMT with Light Collector.
A
(16) Mount the connector (B).
B
5175_c35_318_V3.cdr
Figure 376
(17) Connect the cables at the
PMT board lower side.
(18) Mount the rear bracket with
film guide.
A
(19) Mount the optic module.
(20) Close the rear cover.
(21) Insert the wire rope (A) in
cable holder (B) as shown in
Figure 377.
(22) Close all covers.
B
5175_c35_319.cdr
Figure 377
CALIBRATION:
(1) Perform a shading calibration.
Refer to chapter 3.6, Adjustments and Calibrations.
Verification:
Result:
The verification is done during the shading calibration procedure. There at the end a
flatfield is scanned and evaluated.
The Pane in Scanner is replaced.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
10-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.5 / 182
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 3.6
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Adjustments and Calibrations
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes all adjustments and calibrations that may be required during
corrective and preventive maintenance.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous version:
1.1
02-2012

Added shading calibration procedure for CR 30-Xm.

Removed description for change in calibration procedure if
Full Leg / Full Spine cassette is used.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd, CR 30-Xm, Service Documentation
Chapter 3.5, Replacements / Repair Procedures
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30880131
eq_03-6_adjustments_e_template_v07
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare =>
Publications => Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or
maintenance task on the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type ‘Order List’ in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 2
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
OVERVIEW OF ADJUSTMENTS AND CALIBRATIONS.........................................................4
2
SHADING CALIBRATION ........................................................................................................5
2.1
Selecting and Checking the Cassette.......................................................................................6
2.2
Exposing the Cassette ..............................................................................................................7
2.2.1
Exposing the Genrad Cassette at a Genrad Modality ..............................................................7
2.2.2
Exposing the Mammography Cassettes at a Mammography Modality ....................................8
2.3
Scanning the Cassette..............................................................................................................8
2.4
Verifying a successful Shading Calibration.............................................................................12
2.5
Appendix: Possible Reasons for a failed Shading Calibration................................................12
3
STALL CALIBRATION............................................................................................................13
4
CASSETTE OPENER SENSOR CALIBRATION ...................................................................15
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 3
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Overview of Adjustments and Calibrations
The following tables give an overview of adjustments and calibrations for the digitizer.
Adjustment Type
--
Use Case
No adjustments required
Calibration Type
Shading calibration
Stall calibration
Cassette Opener
Sensor calibration
Use Case

After replacement of the PMT with Light
collector

After replacement of the Optic Module

After replacement of the Reflector with Brush

Whenever stripes in slow scan position are
visible which cannot be removed by cleaning
with the cleaning brush

After replacement of following spare parts:
o
Cassette Fixation Unit
o
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
o
Cassette Unlatch Assembly
o
Drawer Unit
o
Drawer Unit motor (M4)
o
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
o
Toothed belt for the Drawer Motor (M4)
o
Toothed belt for the Roller Clamping Motor
(M6)

After replacement of the Handling Control
Board (as this has the motor controllers
built in)

After replacement of the Cassette Opener
Assembly
Section
--
Section
2
3
4
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 4
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
2
Shading Calibration
NOTE:
The shading calibration procedure depends on the application type of the
installed system:

Genrad or mixed use ("Mixed use" means: Genrad and Mammography):
Shading calibration has to be made at a Genrad modality with the largest available
Genrad cassette.

Mammography only:
Shading calibration has to be made at a Mammography modality with both formats
(18x24 cm, 24x30 cm).
Note, that CR 30-X 2nd digitizers with sub-type 220
and 225 do not have "CR 30-X" printed on the front
cover. They can be clearly identified by the type
number 5175/200 or 5175/225 on the type label.
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-X
m
CR 30-Xm and CR 30-X 2nd can be distinguished
by the imprint on the front cover.
Figure 1
Purpose
Use Case
Determine the sensitivity of the scanning system for each pixel of the scan line:
A flatfield is scanned. For each pixel a sensitivity factor is stored in an EEPROM
on the PMT.
Perform a shading calibration in following cases:

After replacement of the Photomultiplier (PMT) with light collector

After replacement of the Optic Module

After replacement of the Reflector with Brush

Whenever stripes in slow scan position are visible, which cannot be removed by
cleaning of the scan line with the cleaning brush
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 5
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
REQUIRED TOOLS:
1,5 mm Copper Filter*
CM+9 5155 1015 2
2 mm Al Filter**
CM+9 5148 1090 0
USB Flash Drive*:
CM+6037431 (for CR 30-X 2nd)
CM+6045180 (for CR 30-Xm)
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
** The 2 mm Al filter is required for CR 30-Xm only, if no Genrad but a Mammography modality is
available for shading calibration.
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 1 hour
2.1
Selecting and Checking the Cassette
(1)
Select the largest available Genrad cassette.
If only Mammography cassettes are available:
Use one cassette 18x24 cm and one cassette 24x30 cm (if both formats are
available on site).
(2)
Open the cassette(s) and check that the image plate (IP) is free of
contamination and without any signs of wear or defects like scratches or split
off parts.
If any particles are detected, clean the IP according to the dedicated cleaning
procedure. See also NOTE below. If any defects are detected, inform the
customer about the defect and use another artifact free image plate.
(3)
Erase the image plate.
NOTE:
For CR MD4.xT General image plates and CR MM3.0T Mammo image plates only use
AGFA CR Phosphor Plate cleaner and a soft lint-free cellulose cloth or Polynit wipes to
clean the image plate..
For more information refer to the user manual "CR 30-X/CR 30-Xm Plates and
Cassettes". This manual is part of digitizer delivery and is available on the
Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 6
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2
Exposing the Cassette
The exposure of the cassette depends on the modality:
Modality
2.2.1
Section
Genrad
2.2.1
Mammography
2.2.2
Exposing the Genrad Cassette at a Genrad Modality
(1)
Mount the 1,5 mm Cu-filter at the
modality.
(2)
Place the Genrad cassette with the
black side facing up.
(3)
Ensure that the entire image plate
is fully exposed. The collimated
field must be larger than the image
plate.
Cu filter
1,3 m
Black side
facing up
Collimated
area
5175_c36_001.cdr
Figure 2
(4)
Select the following exposure parameters to obtain a dose of 10 µGy:




12 mAs
75 kVp
1.3 m (51,2”) distance
Large focus
(5)
Expose the cassette.
(6)
Turn the cassette 180° (black side still facing up).
(7)
Expose the cassette again.
After the second exposure the cassette has been exposed in total
with a dose of approximately 20 µGy.
(8)
Remove the Cu-filter from the X-ray device.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 7
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2.2
Exposing the Mammography Cassettes at a Mammography Modality
IMPORTANT:
The shading calibration should be made at a Genrad modality with Genrad cassettes.
Only use a Mammography modality for shading calibration, if the application type of the
installed system is "Mammography" exclusively. See also page 5.
(1)
Select the modality according to
following preference list, if more
than one Mammography modality
is available on site:
1. Siemens Mammomat
2. GE DMR
3. Instrumentarium
(2)
Using adhesive tape,
mount the Al-filter at the modality.
(3)
Insert the Mammo cassette with
the black side facing up.
Figure 3
(4)
Select the following exposure parameters:



2.3
200 mAs
28 kVp
Mo source / Mo filter
(5)
Expose the cassette.
(6)
Repeat the exposure for the other cassette format, if available.
(7)
Remove the Al-filter from the X-ray device.
Scanning the Cassette
(1)
On the NX workstation log-off the current user and log-in as "crservice".
(2)
Open the Internet Explorer.
(3)
Enter the digitizer IP address in the address window. See also NOTE below.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 8
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
If the digitizer IP address is not known, look it up in the NX configuration tool:

Double-click the icon <Start NX Configurator> on the desktop.

Select: Load active configuration

Go to: Devices > Digitizer Configuration.
This page shows the digitizer IP address.

Quit the NX Configurator (Close without saving any changes)
(4)
Enter username and password (obtained during the classroom training).
(5)
Select the service menu: <Shading Calibration>
(6)
For CR 30-Xm only: Select
<Genrad X-Ray Modality
available> or
<Mammo X-Ray Modality
available only>
(7)
Select: <Calibrate>
Figure 4
(8)
Press <confirm> in the error
viewer, when the Service user
interface shows following
message: Please confirm at
system to continue.
Waiting for confirm ...
Figure 5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 9
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
(9)
A screen with instructions is
displayed.
Enter the exposed cassette in the
digitizer.
Figure 6
(10) Wait until scannig is finished.
The message Processing
calibration Image is displayed,
followed by the shading calibration
curve. See Figure 7.
(11) For CR 30-Xm only: If a
Mammography cassette was used
for shading calibration:
Repeat the shading calibration with
the other available format. See
also NOTE next page.
Figure 7
IMPORTANT:
If a message pops up which indicates a failed shading calibration (e.g. “Underexposed
- too low pixel values …) refer to section 2.5 for possible remedies.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 10
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
NOTE:
When performing a shading calibration at CR 30-Xm, a display informs which
calibrations have been made already and which still have to be performed.
Following displays are possible:
#
Display
Meaning
1
Calibration not successful:
No new calibration line stored.
2
Calibration with Genrad cassette successfully
performed. New calibration line (valid for
Genrad cassette and Mammography
cassettes) stored.
3
Calibration with Mammography cassette
24 x 30 cm successfully performed.
4
Calibration with Mammography cassette
18 x 24 cm successfully performed.
5
Calibration with Mammography cassette
18 x 24 cm and 24 x 30 cm successfully
performed.
(12) Remove the cassette from the digitizer.
(13) Select menu <Logout> and follow the logout wizard.
(14) Close the browser.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 11
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4
Verifying a successful Shading Calibration
Verification
(1)
Expose a flatfield on the largest available cassette. Use the same exposure
parameters like for the shading calibration.
(2)
Identify and scan the image. Use following exam type:
For Genrad: System Diagnosis → Flatfield
For Mammography: System Diagnosis Mammo → Flatfield Mammo
IMPORTANT:
By selection of examination type "System diagnosis" the correct settings for
image processing of the flatfield are used.
Any other examination type may give a result which cannot be used to evaluate the
flatfield image.
(3)
Print or archive the image.
(4)
Check the image for homogeneity in slow scan and fast scan direction.
(5)
Log-off user "crservice".
Evaluation:

If the scanned image does not show any lines or stripes in fast scan or slow scan
direction or large area inhomogeneities no further action is required.
If there are unacceptable effects in slow scan or fast scan direction, see chapter
3.3, Troubleshooting.

Result
2.5
The shading calibration is finished.
Appendix: Possible Reasons for a failed Shading Calibration
There are following main reasons for a failed shading calibration:

Particles in the optical path  Use the cleaning brush to clean the optical path.

Contamination and/or any defects on the image plate  Clean the image plate
according to the cleaning procedure or use another image plate.

Cassette wrong exposed (too high / low dose)  Check exposure parameters.

Cassette not exposed on its entire area (wrong collimation)  Ensure the
cassette is entirely exposed.

PMT exposed to intensive light before calibration (in this case PMT has lower
sensitivity)  wait until the PMT has back the normal sensitivity (time depends
on duration and brightness of the light exposure).
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 12
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
3
Stall Calibration
Purpose
Use Case
The stall calibration determines the optimum motor current for stall detection:
The motor drives several times to its home and end position with different motor
currents. The mean value of these different motor currents is used as motor control
current, where the steps of the motor are in the specified, allowed range.
Perform a stall calibration in following cases:

After replacement of following spare parts:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

Cassette Fixation Unit
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
Cassette Unlatch Assembly
Drawer Unit
Drawer Unit motor (M4)
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
Toothed belt for the Drawer Motor (M4)
Toothed belt for the Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
After replacement of the Handling Control Board (as this has the motor
controllers built in)
REQUIRED TOOLS:
None
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 1 minute per stall calibration
(1)
On the NX workstation log-off the current user and log-in as "crservice".
(2)
Open the browser.
(3)
Enter the digitizer IP address in the address window.
(4)
If the IP address is not known: Look it up in the Configuration Tool of the
NX workstation.
(5)
Enter username and password (obtained during the classroom training).
(6)
Select the service menu: <Stall Calibration>
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 13
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
(7)
(8)
(9)
Select the required motor or select
All Motors to calibrate all
relevant motors one after another.
Wait until the stall calibration is
finished. See Figure 9 and
Figure 10 for example screens.
Select menu <Logout> and
follow the logout wizard.
(10) Close the browser.
CR 30-X Service
Stall Calibration
All Motors
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
Cassette Locker Motor (M17)
Drawer Unit motor (M4)
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
Figure 8
CR 30-X Service
Stall Calibration
Stall Calibration
All Motors
All Motors
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
Cassette Locker Motor (M17)
Cassette Locker Motor (M17)
Drawer Unit motor (M4)
Drawer Unit motor (M4)
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
Stall Calibration for ‘Cassette
Locker Motor (M17)’ is ongoing ...
Figure 9: Example screen
Result
CR 30-X Service
Stall Calibration Locker
Stall Calibration finished: OK
iRun Locker UnlockIp= 49
Figure 10: Example screen
The stall calibration is successfully performed.
NOTE:
The stall calibration does not harm - it can be performed anytime. It is required however
only in the cases as described previous page.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 14
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Adjustments and Calibrations
DD+DIS230.10E
4
Cassette Opener Sensor Calibration
Purpose
Use Case
The cassette opener calibration determines the number of steps between "close" and
"open" position of the cassette opener motor.
Perform a Cassette Opener Sensor calibration after replacement of the Cassette
Opener Assembly (if the Cassette Opener Sensor is installed).
REQUIRED TOOLS:
None
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 1 minute
(1)
On the NX workstation log-off the current user and log-in as "crservice".
(2)
Open the browser.
(3)
Enter the digitizer IP address in the address window.
(4)
If the IP address is not known: Look it up in the Configuration Tool of the
NX workstation.
(5)
Enter username and password (obtained during the classroom training).
(6)
Select the service menu: <Calibrate Cass. Opener Sensor>
(7)
Select: <Start>
(8)
Wait a few seconds until the
message is displayed: Cassette
Opener Sensor is
calibrated successfully
(9)
Select menu <Logout> and
follow the logout wizard.
(10) Close the browser.
Figure 11
Result
The Cassette Opener Sensor calibration is successfully performed.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.6 / 15
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Chapter 3.8
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Software Releases and Patches
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
►
Purpose of this Document
This document describes the released software version with their features and
limitations.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2
05-2013
Added information about following software versions:

CIRM1201 and CIRM1304for CR 30-Xm

CIR_1203 and CIR_1305 for CR 30-X 2nd
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Documentation,
Chapter 3.1 Safety Guidelines / General Repair Instruction
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
Chapter 3.2 - Tools and auxiliary means
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30880452
eq_03-8_release-patch_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2013 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 2 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
2
SOFTWARE FOR CR 30-XM TYPE 5179 / 100.......................................................................4
1.1
Software Release CIRM1102 ...................................................................................................4
1.1.1
Supported Functions.................................................................................................................4
1.1.2
Limitations .................................................................................................................................4
1.2
Software Release CIRM1201 ...................................................................................................5
1.2.1
New Functionality......................................................................................................................5
1.2.2
Improvements ...........................................................................................................................5
1.3
Software Release CIRM1304 ...................................................................................................6
1.3.1
New Functionality......................................................................................................................6
1.3.2
Improvements ...........................................................................................................................6
SOFTWARE FOR CR 30-X 2ND TYPE 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 ......................................7
2.1
Software Release CIR_1013 ....................................................................................................7
2.1.1
Supported Functions.................................................................................................................7
2.1.2
Limitations .................................................................................................................................7
2.2
Software Release CIR_1102 ....................................................................................................8
2.2.1
New Functions ..........................................................................................................................8
2.2.2
Limitations .................................................................................................................................8
2.2.3
Improvements ...........................................................................................................................8
2.3
Software Release CIR_1203 ..................................................................................................10
2.3.1
Improvements .........................................................................................................................10
2.4
Software Release CIR_1305 ..................................................................................................11
2.4.1
Solved Software Issues ..........................................................................................................11
2.4.2
Improvements for the Operator...............................................................................................12
2.4.3
Improvements for Service .......................................................................................................13
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 3 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Software for CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
IMPORTANT:
The Software CIRMXXXX is only applicable for CR 30-Xm. The Software adds
mammography functionalities to the digitizer and needs the hardware of the CR 30-Xm.
The software will not be accepted at CR 30-X 2nd.
1.1
Software Release CIRM1102
Type of new Software
1st release
Release Date
02/2012
Digitizer SNs
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100 as of SN 1000
Availability

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
Service PC
Prerequisites
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
1.1.1
Supported Functions
The digitizer software supports the functions as defined in the specifications and
reflected by the intended use statement.
1.1.2
Limitations

While the CR 30-Xm digitizer is in active clinical use (image plates are scanned),
logging in through telnet and redirecting the console to this telnet session is
strictly forbidden, as it might lead to an image loss.

Remote SW installation is not supported.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 4 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
1.2
Software Release CIRM1201
Type of new Software
Software upgrade
Release Date
08/2012
Digitizer SNs
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100 as of SN 1065 and
additionally in SN 1017, 1029, 1031, 1039, 1040, 1041,
1044, 1057, 1058, 1061, 1062
Availability

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
Service PC
Prerequisites
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
1.2.1
1.2.2
New Functionality

Possibility to load the ADC.CPF file for digitizer configuration via boot-up with
inserted USB flash drive. Before, the ADC.CPF file has to be copied to the USB
flash drive and the script “InstallCPF.cmd” (part of software CIRM1201) has to be
executed.

The digitizer backup contains the current digitizer logging.

New “CIRxxx” error codes with error descriptions for issues with defective motors,
rough-running drives and missing cable connections.
Improvements

The infocounter file is written to disk immediately after synchronization of the
E-Label data during the startup. This way the infocounter file is always up-todate.

Improved error description for the case, that the polygon in the optic module
does not start (error 10761). Furthermore dedicated error codes are displayed,
if E-labels are not connected.

Contains a new version of the operating system, to improve the software
installation via browser.

The rescue cycle is improved in case of an IP-jam during erasure.

The software detects now, if a spare part “Gearbox with Motor and Scan
Rollers” for a CR 30-X 2nd is mounted in a CR 30-Xm digitizer and displays the
specific error message CIR258.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 5 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
1.3
Software Release CIRM1304
Type of new Software
Software upgrade
Release Date
02/2013
Digitizer SNs
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100 as of SN 1440 and
additionally in SN1434
Availability

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
Service PC
Prerequisites
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
1.3.1
1.3.2
New Functionality

Mounting of CR 30-X 2nd specific hardware (PMT with light collector, Gear box
with motor and scan rollers, Optic Module) in a CR 30-Xm is blocked via software
and indicated via specific error codes.

Log file dump in case of an error: A so-called malfunction file with the syntax
“MALF_TYPE_ERRORCODE_SN_DATE_TIME is generated for each occurring
error. These malfunction files are automatically part of a complete backup and part
of the logfiles backup. They contain all required logfiles and configuration files for
error evaluation when escalating a problem
Improvements

Contains solution for digitizer service user interface access problems with Internet
Explorer 9 as long as IP address is on 192.192.192.192 (HQ_1301090001). The
solution is implemented by an upgrade of the digitizer operating system. A detailed
symptom description and workaround was communicated with SB No. 12,
DD+DIS002.13E.

The movement of the drawer has been improved in order to limit possible retry
cycles (logged in infocounter section 5.3 Retries:). This advanced motion
sequence requires a new stall calibration for the drawer motor M4 after software
update to CIRM1304.

Avoidance of sporadic errors CIR524 (5634) during startup by implementation of
several retries by the cassette opener motor M3 before the error is issued.

Improved cassette fixation detection, leading to less cassette fixation retries.

Improved error handling for some error situations.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 6 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
2

Backup file contains not only day stamp “DDMMMYYYY” but also time stamp “hhmm-ss”. This allows to distinguish between two or more backups of the same day.

Improved error descriptions for the CIRXXX error messages.

A new digitizer operation system is loaded with the software update. This contains
a new USB-driver in order to allow reliable reading of files on the USB flash drive
during boot-up (e.g. for software installation via USB flash drive).
Software for CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
IMPORTANT:
The Software CIR_XXXX is only applicable for CR 30-X 2nd. The Software supports
the GenRad functions of the digitizer and does not support any Mammography
functions.
The software will not be accepted at CR 30-Xm.
2.1
Software Release CIR_1013
Type of new Software
1st release
Release Date
07/2011
Digitizer SNs
As of SN 50.0000
Availability

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
Service PC
Prerequisites
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
2.1.1
Supported Functions
The digitizer software supports the functions as defined in the specifications and
reflected by the intended use statement.
2.1.2
Limitations
While the CR 30-X 2nd digitizer is in active clinical use (image plates are scanned),
logging in through telnet and redirecting the console to this telnet session is strictly
forbidden, as it might lead to an image loss.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 7 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2
Software Release CIR_1102
Type of new Software
Software Upgrade
Release Date
09/2011
Digitizer SNs
CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 200 as of SN 50037
CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 205 as of SN 80001
CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 220 as of SN 70026
CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 225 as of SN 85001
Availability
Prerequisites

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
None
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
2.2.1
New Functions
The digitizer software CIR_1102 supports following functions:
2.2.2

New error detection and handling system with CIRXXX service codes

Improved service functionality via Web-Interface

New Info Counter structure
Limitations
NOTE:
While the CR 30-X 2nd digitizer is in active clinical use (image plates are scanned),
logging in through telnet and redirecting the console to this telnet session is strictly
forbidden, as it might lead to an image loss.
2.2.3
Improvements

Improved movement of the drawer unit to prevent a detachment of the tray
magnets when the tray is pulled out of the cassette by the drawer.

Implemented additional error message during selftest if cassette opener cannot
reach reference position.

Removed service menu: <Configuration  Exchanged Components>
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 8 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E

Implemented test of relevant hardware components in following service menu:
<Analysis & Repair  Selftest of Device>

Adapted messages during backup of data.

Implemented information about user in the service menu:
<Reporting  Service activity log>

Corrected message in following service menus:
o
<Analysis & Repair  Diagnose Cycle>
o
<Analysis & Repair  Endurance Run Cycle>
o
<Preventive Maintenance  Maintenance Indicator>

Adapted default values for MTBM (Mean Time Between Maintenance) and
MCBM (Mean Cycles Between Maintenance) in service menu:
<Configuration  Protection mechanism>

Improved info message in service menu <Device Info  Network Info>
in case
<Ping Destination> has not been selected.

Service Interface: Additional option to save backup onto PC

Corrected syntax of the backup file.

Date of installation can be confirmed by FSE / DSE.

Controlled exit of the service mode implemented. Service tasks can now be
defined.

Default port for configuration – Fast-preview adapted.

Improved Info counter information for e.g. retry cycles, IP jams.

Adapted service protection mechanism for CR 30-X 2nd.

With exit of the service mode the digitizer gets released and the status LED
changes from red (Service Mode indication) to green.

Implemented release info in Error Viewer via context menu.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 3.8 / Page 9 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3
Software Release CIR_1203
Type of new Software
Software Upgrade
Release Date
02/2012
Digitizer SNs

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 200 as of SN 50385 and
additionally in SN 50369, 50372, 50376, 50377, 50380,
50381, 50382, 50383

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 205 as of SN 80189

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 220 as of SN 70165 and
additionally in SN 70161

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 225 as of SN 85007

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
Availability
Prerequisites
None
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
2.3.1
Improvements

New default network destination settings: Service manual Chapter 1, Controls,
Connections and Setup Procedures is adapted accordingly and lists all current
and previous settings.

Support of the new "cassette opener light sensor": This sensor is introduced in
production in Q I /2012. It replaces the "stall detection functionality" of the opener
motor.

Adapted some DICOM communication parameters (only relevant for
communication with third party workstations)

Several minor improvements in the service user interface:
o
Service Interface is automatically deactivated after 15 minutes without activity
o
Manufacturer date always available in the infocounter
o
Selecting <logout> logs out completely.
o
Indication of activity when performing a backup on USB flash drive
o
Enter "CIR" error messages in lower case also gives results
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.8 / Page 10 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4
Software Release CIR_1305
Type of new Software
Software Upgrade
Release Date
05/2013
Digitizer SNs

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 200 as of SN 52578 and
additionally in SN 52485, 52486, 52488 to 52492,
52494, 52496, 52501, 52576

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 205 as of SN 80716

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 220 as of SN 70277

CR 30-X 2nd - Type 5175 / 225 as of SN 85120

USB flash drive, delivered with the digitizer

Agfa HealthCare Library*
Availability
None
Prerequisites
* On the Agfa HealthCare Library only the latest software release can be downloaded.
2.4.1
Solved Software Issues

HQ_1204200001: In software below CIR_1305 following issue may appear during
installation:
Symptom: Test scan to verify proper connection between digitizer and NX
workstation does not appear on the NX workstation. The next test scan
appears on the NX workstation as expected.
Consecutive issue: From time to time during normal operation, a warning
message is displayed, that an image (= the test scan image) could not be
transferred.
Reason:
During a certain time window after re-configuration of the digitizer
destination settings, the scanned image is discarded.
Solution:
Corrective action: A new service menu “clear image queue” allows to
delete the images that were not transferred.
Preventive action: Software CIR_1305 and higher versions do not discard
images anymore after re-configuration.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.8 / Page 11 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4.2

HQ_1301090001: Contains solution for digitizer service user interface access
problems with Internet Explorer 9 as long as IP address is on 192.192.192.192. The
solution is implemented by an upgrade of the digitizer operating system. A detailed
symptom description and workaround was communicated with SB No. 12,
DD+DIS002.13E.

An unexpected loss of the NX connection during scan does not require anymore to
reboot the digitizer for restoring the connection and sending the image (image is not
lost with a reboot of the digitizer).

The movement of the drawer has been improved in order to limit possible retry cycles
(see infocounter, section 5.3 Retries:). This advanced motion sequence requires a new
stall calibration for the drawer motor M4 after software update to CIR_1305.

If a Mammography cassette is entered accidentally in a CR30-X 2nd (GenRad), the
Digitizer will issue a user message now and releases the cassette.

A complete backup did not contain all logfiles required for R&D analysis. This is
corrected now.

A cassette which was inserted with the wrong side facing up or of wrong type (e.g.
Mammo cassette), sometimes was not unclamped anymore. Now a wrong inserted
cassette is unclamped in any case.

Added service menu “Calibrate Cassette Opener Sensor” to allow Cassette Opener
Sensor calibration after replacement of the Cassette Opener Assembly (if the Cassette
Opener Sensor is installed).

Data of the fields in the Service Menu “Destination Settings” are now correctly stored in
the corresponding system file “directIDSettings.xml”.
Improvements for the Operator

Improved user messages on the NX workstation in case of image transmission
problems due to loss of connection.

Improved cassette fixation detection, leading to less cassette fixation retries.

Improved retry cycle by an additional test of the IP transport control light barrier in
case of IP jam during erasure or problems to return a bent image plate.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.8 / Page 12 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Repair and Service
Software Releases and Patches
DD+DIS230.10E
2.4.3
Improvements for Service

Improved logging of events in the infocounter.

Log file dump in case of an error: A so-called malfunction file with the syntax
“MALF_TYPE_SN_ ERRORCODE_DATE_TIME is generated for each error. These
malfunction files are part of a complete backup and part of the logfiles backup. They
contain all required logfiles and configuration files for error evaluation when escalating
a problem.

New option “Extend logging” available in service menu “Log settings”.

Adaptation of several Service Menu names to have a uniform naming for CR 10-X,
CR 30-Xm and CR 30-X 2nd.

Improved feedback messages in the service menu.

Software is adapted to support all types of Photomultipliers. This requires, that at
Photomultiplier replacements, software CIR_1305 (or higher) has to be installed.

New lock in the software to prevent the installation of a software CIRMxxxx on a
CR30-X2nd or a version CIR_xxxx on a CR30-Xm.

Improved descriptions for meaning, reason and cure of error codes.

A new digitizer operation system is loaded with the software update. This contains a
new USB-driver in order to allow reliable reading of files on the USB flash drive during
boot-up (e.g. for software installation via USB flash drive).

Mounting of CR 30-X m specific hardware (PMT with light collector, Gear box with
motor and scan rollers) in a CR 30-X 2nd and the other way round is blocked via
software and indicated via specific error codes.

Added possibility to load digitizer configuration via reboot with ADC.CPF on USB flash
drive. Before, the USB flash drive must be activated via “installCPF.cmd” batch file.
Service manual chapter 1, Controls, Connections and Setup Procedure is adapted
accordingly.

Function to restore the backup from a PC works now properly. Before a SN mismatch
message was shown.

Prevents error 4125 and image transfer problems if digitizer is configured without
preview (for dealer configurations only).

Site specific data entered in the Service Menu were stored, but not correctly displayed
in the previous software versions. Now the screen with the site specific data is
refreshed after saving the entered data.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 2
05-2013
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 3.8 / Page 13 of 13
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 4
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document contains:
►
►
•
Reference diagrams for identification and location of assemblies inside the
machine including an alphanumeric reference list
•
Diagrams of printed circuit boards, if necessary
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
1.1
01-2012
Added information about CR 30-Xm.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30880640
eq_04_diagrams_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS230.10E
►
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 4 / Page 2 of 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
REFERENCE DIAGRAMS .......................................................................................................5
1.1
Frame........................................................................................................................................5
1.2
Circuit Boards............................................................................................................................5
1.3
Stepper Motors .........................................................................................................................6
1.4
Sensors, Switches and Components........................................................................................6
1.5
Circuit Diagrams........................................................................................................................7
OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS..............................................................................................8
2.1
Overview of Circuit Boards .......................................................................................................8
2.2
Overview of Stepper Motors .....................................................................................................9
2.3
Overview of other Components ..............................................................................................10
CABLE CONNECTION OF COMPONENTS ..........................................................................11
3.1
Frame......................................................................................................................................11
3.1.1
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Safety Switch (S2) ......................................................................11
3.1.2
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Flat Connector Strip (XK3)..........................................................12
3.1.3
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Power Supply (B420) and Input Power (ST1) ............................13
3.2
Cassette Unit...........................................................................................................................14
3.2.1
CR 30-Xm - Handling Control Board (B419)...........................................................................14
3.2.2
CR 30-X 2nd - Handling Control Board (B419).......................................................................15
3.2.3
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - User Interface Board (B418).......................................................18
3.3
Scan Module ...........................................................................................................................19
3.3.1
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Calibration Board (B412) ............................................................19
3.3.2
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Optic Module (B317) with CMAM Adapter Board .......................20
3.4
Scanner Unit ...........................................................................................................................22
3.4.1
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - CPMM Board (B427)...................................................................22
3.4.2
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - CPMI Board (B410).....................................................................24
3.4.3
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - CPMI Power Distribution Board (B411) ......................................28
3.5
Erasure Unit ............................................................................................................................31
3.5.1
CR 30-Xm - Erasure LED Board (B423).................................................................................31
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 4 / Page 3 of 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
3.5.2
CR 30-X 2nd - Erasure LED Board (B423).............................................................................32
3.5.3
CR 30-Xm - Erasure LED Control Board (B424) ....................................................................33
3.5.4
CR 30-X 2nd - Erasure LED Control Board (B424) ................................................................35
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 4 / Page 4 of 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Reference Diagrams
NOTE:
The reference lists include in an alphanumeric listing all electrical components with
reference to the corresponding circuit diagram for supporting the identification of all
components.
It is recommended to use a coloured printout of this document to support the better
visual understanding of the circuit diagrams.
1.1
1.2
Frame
Number
Component
Section
S2
Safety Switch
3.1.1
XK3
Flat Connector Strip
3.1.2
B420
Power Supply
3.1.3
ST1
Input Power
3.1.3
Number
Component
Section
B410
CPMI Board
3.4.2
B411
CPMI Power Distribution Board
3.4.3
B412
Calibration Board
3.3.1
B418
User Interface Board
3.2.3
B419
Handling Control Board (Type 5179)
3.2.1
B419
Handling Control Board (Type 5175)
3.2.2
B423
Erasure LED Board (Type 5179)
3.5.1
B423
Erasure LED Board (Type 5175)
3.5.2
B424
Erasure LED Control Board (Type 5179)
3.5.3
B424
Erasure LED Control Board (Type 5175)
3.5.4
B427
CPMM Board
3.4.1
Circuit Boards
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 4 / Page 5 of 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.3
1.4
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Stepper Motors
Number
Component
M1
Cassette Fixing Motor
M2
Slow Scan Motor
M3
Cassette Opener Motor
M4
Drawer Unit Motor
M5
Transport Roller Motor
M6
Roller Clamping Motor
M7
Slow Scan Lift Motor
M17
Cassette Unlatch Assembly
Section
2.2
Sensors, Switches and Components
Number
Component
Section
B1
RF-Tag Reader
B2
IP Sensor
3.2.1
B317
Optic Module with CMAM Adapter Board
3.3.2
B425
E-Label Gear Factor
2.3
B429
E-Label Cassette Fixation Unit (E-Label AMP)
2.3
B430
GS Adapter Board (Micro Match Adaptor)
B431
Cassette Opener Sensor (Type 5179)
2.3
S1
Cassette Edge Sensor
2.3
S3
Main Switch
2.3
S4
Overheat Protection
3.5.3
ST1
Autocal Sensor
3.4.1
2.3
3.2.1
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 4 / Page 6 of 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
1.5
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Circuit Diagrams
Designation
Section
Frame
3.1
Cassette Unit
3.2
Scan Module
3.3
Scanner Unit
3.4
Erasure Unit
3.5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 4 / Page 7 of 36
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
2
Overview of Components
2.1
Overview of Circuit Boards
Figure 1
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 8 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.2
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Overview of Stepper Motors
Cassette unlatch
assembly (M17)
Figure 2
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 9 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
2.3
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Overview of other Components
Cass. Opener
Sensor
E-Label AMP
Figure 3
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 10 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
3
Cable Connection of Components
3.1
Frame
3.1.1
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Safety Switch (S2)
8
4
3
7
8 = XK3 - Flat Connector Strip (see number 1c in Figure 5)
4 = XK3 - Flat Connector Strip (see number 2b in Figure 5)
3 = Power Supply (see number 2 in Figure 6, +24 V)
7 = Power Supply (see number 3 in Figure 6, +24 V)
Figure 4
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 11 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.1.2
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Flat Connector Strip (XK3)
b
c
1
a
b
c
1
2
e
f
d
3
a
3
d
c
e
f
2
a
b
d
e
f
4
b
c
a
d
4
e
f
a = P3 - CPMI Power Distribution Board (Red cable, +24 V)
b = P3 - CPMI Power Distribution Board (Red cable, +24 V)
c = S2 - Safety Switch (see number 8 in Figure 4, Red cable)
d = P5 - Handling Control Board (Red cable, +24 V)
e = P5 - Handling Control Board (Red cable, +24 V)
f = Not applicable
a = Not applicable
b = S2 - Safety Switch (see number 4 in Figure 4, Red cable)
c = Not applicable
d = Not applicable
e = P3 - Erasure LED Control Board (Orange cable, +24 V)
f = Not applicable
a = Not applicable
b = Power Supply (see number 4 in Figure 6, Black cable, GND)
c = Not applicable
d = Not applicable
e = P3 - Erasure LED Control Board (Black cable, GND)
f = Not applicable
a = Power Supply (see number 5 in Figure 6, Black cable, GND)
b = Not applicable
c = P5 - Handling Control Board (Black cable, GND)
d = P3 - CPMI Power Distribution Board (Black cable, GND)
e = P3 - CPMI Power Distribution Board (Black cable, GND)
f = P5 - Handling Control Board (Black cable, GND)
Figure 5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 12 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.1.3
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Power Supply (B420) and Input Power (ST1)
Power Supply (B420)
INPUT Power (ST1)
1
110-240VAC 50/60Hz
3
678
2
4
1
54 32
1 = PE - Ground Connection (Yellow - green cable)
2 = +24 V - S2 Safety switch (see number 3 in Figure 4, Red cable)
3 = +24 V - S2 Safety switch (see number 7 in Figure 4, Red cable)
4 = GND - XK3 Flat Connector Strip (see number 3b in Figure 5, Black cable)
5 = GND - XK3 Flat Connector Strip (see number 4a in Figure 5, Black cable)
1 = L(AC) S3 - Main switch (Black cable)
2 = N(AC) S3 - Main switch (Black cable)
3 = PE - Gound Connection (Yellow - green cable)
4 = Ethernet cable
6 = PE - Ground Connection Main cable (Yellow - green cable)
7 = N(AC) - S3 Main switch (Black cable)
8 = L(AC) - S3 Main switch (Black cable)
Figure 6
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 13 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
3.2
Cassette Unit
3.2.1
CR 30-Xm - Handling Control Board (B419)
Lift Ref
Pos
(B426)
Cassette Opener Sensor (B431)
P20
Cassette Opener Motor (M3)
P10
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
P12
Transport Roller Motor (M5)
P13
P1
User
Interface
Board
(B418)
GS
Adapter
Board
(B430)
P17
P14
Slow
Scan
Lift
Motor
(M7)
Slow
Scan
Motor
(M2)
ST38
ST7
P11
P6
E-Label
Gear Factor
(B425)
E-Label
Cassette
XK3
Fixation
Flat
Connector Unit
(B429)
Strip
P5
P1#23
CPMI
Board
(B410)
P1
RF-Tag
Reader
(B1)
P1
P2
P3
P2
Erasure
LED
Control
IP
Board Sensor
(B424) (B2)
P16
P18
B419
* Not conne cted
P19
Test
and
Debug
Optional*
BU1#3
ST1#1
eLabel
Bootload
I/O Service* Debug*
P15
Cassette Edge Sensor (S1)
P9
Drawer Unit Motor (M4)
P8
Cassette Unlatch Assembly (M17)
P7
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
P4
Log
and
Debug
Port*
Figure 7
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 14 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.2.2
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd - Handling Control Board (B419)
Lift Ref
Pos
(B426)
Cassette Opener Motor (M3)
P10
Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
P12
Transport Roller Motor (M5)
P13
P1
User
Interface
Board
(B418)
GS
Adapter
Board
(B430)
P17
P14
Slow
Scan
Lift
Motor
(M7)
Slow
Scan
Motor
(M2)
ST38
ST7
P11
P6
E-Label
Gear Factor
(B425)
E-Label
Cassette P1#23
XK3
Fixation CPMI
Flat
Board
Connector Unit
(B429) (B410)
Strip
P5
P3
P1
RF-Tag
Reader
(B1)
P1
P2
P2
Erasure
LED
Control
IP
Board Sensor
(B424) (B2)
P16
P18
B419
* Not conne cted
P19
Test
and
Debug
Optional*
BU1#3
ST1#1
eLabel
Bootload
I/O Service* Debug*
P15
Cassette Edge Sensor (S1)
P9
Drawer Unit Motor (M4)
P8
Cassette Unlatch Assembly (M17)
P7
Cassette Fixing Motor (M1)
P4
Log
and
Debug
Port*
Figure 8
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 15 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P1
CAN Interface
10
P2
RF-Tag Interface
6
P3
Interface for external E-Label
4
P4
Serial Log/Debug
10
P5
Power Supply
8
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
SlowScan SM0_A
Fixer SM0_B
Unlatch Assembly SM1_A
Drawer SM1_B
Opener SM2_A
4
8
4
4
8
Supply
Connector
CAN_ GND (Pin 2)
CAN_GND (Pin 5)
Shield_0R_GND (Pin 9)
GND (Pin 3)
+5 V (Pin 4)
+5 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 3)
+5 V (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 7)
+24 V (Pin 1)
+24 V (Pin 2)
+24 V (Pin 3)
+24 V (Pin 4)
GND (Pin 5)
GND (Pin 6)
GND (Pin 7)
GND (Pin 8)
+39 V
+39 V
+24 V
+24 V
+24 V
Connection to P1#23 on CPMI Board (B410)
Connection to P1 on RF-Tag Reader (B1)
Connection to E-Label Cassette Fixation Unit (B429) and
E-Label Gear Factor (B425)
Serial Log & Debug Interface
Connection to XK3 Flat Connector Strip
Connection to Slow Scan Motor (M2)
Connection to Cassette Fixer Motor (M1)
Connection to Cassette Unlatch Assembly (M17)
Connection to Drawer Unit Motor (M4)
Connection to Cassette Opener Motor (M3)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 16 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P11
P12
P13
P14
Lift SM2_B
Roller Clamp SM3
Roller Transport SM4
Lift RefPos Light Barrier
4
8
8
4
P15
P16
P17
Cassette Edge Sensor (S1)
Erasure LED Control Board
User Interface Board
3
8
10
P18
IP Sensor (B2)
4
P19
SM Log/Debug
10
P20
Cassette Opener Sensor
(CR 30-Xm only)
4
BU1#3
E-Label I/O Service
4
ST1#1
Bootload/Debug
10
Supply
Connector
+24 V
+24 V
+24 V
GND (Pin 3)
+5 V (Pin 4)
GND (Pin 7)
+24 V (Pin 1)
+24 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 9)
GND (Pin 10)
+5 V (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 3)
+5 V (Pin 4)
+5 V (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 5)
+5 V (Pin 4)
GND (Pin 3)
+5 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 3)
DGND (Pin 7)
Connection to Slow Scan Lift Motor (M7)
Connection to Roller Clamping Motor (M6)
Connection to Transport Roller Motor (M5)
Connection to GS Adapter Board (B430) and Lift Ref Pos (B426)
Connection to Cassette Edge Sensor (S1)
Connection to P2 on Erasure LED Control Board (B424)
Connection to P1 on User Interface Board (B418)
Connection to IP Sensor (B2)
SM Log & Debug SPI exMem
Connection to ST1 on Cassette Opener Sensor (B431)
Onboard E-Label Interface connector part of E-Label Module
Bootload/Debug Interface connector part of M32-Module
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 17 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.2.3
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - User Interface Board (B418)
P17
Handling
Control
Board
P1
Figure 9
Plug
Function
Pins
P1
CHC Interface
10
Supply
Connector
+24 V (Pin 1)
+24 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 8)
GND (Pin 9)
GND (Pin 10)
Connection to P17 on Handling Control Board (B419)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 18 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
3.3
Scan Module
3.3.1
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Calibration Board (B412)
P1
CMAM
Adapter
Board
P1
B412
Figure 10
Plug
Function
Pins
P1
CAL Interface
12
Supply
Connector
+12 V (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 2)
-12 V (Pin 3)
Connection to P1 on CMAM Adapter Board
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 19 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.3.2
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - Optic Module (B317) with CMAM Adapter Board
P1
P1 Calibration Board (B412)
P4
P1#22 CPMI Board (B410)
P2
Optic Module (B317)
B317
P3
P2#22
CPMI
Board
(B410)
Figure 11
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 20 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P1
CAL Interface
12
P2
Interface to Optic Module
25
P3
Interface to CPMI Board
15
P4
Interface to CPMI Board
15
Supply
Connector
+12 V (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 2)
-12 V (Pin 3)
GND_POL (Pin 1)
+24 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 11)
GND ( Pin 12)
+12 V (Pin 13)
GND_POL (Pin 14)
-12 V (Pin 24)
GND (Pin 25)
+12 V (Pin1)
-12 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 9)
GND_POL (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 7)
GND (Pin 8)
+24 V_POL (Pin 9)
+12 V (Pin 14)
-12 V (Pin 15)
Connection to P1 on Calibration Board (B412)
Connection to Optic Module (B317)
Connection to P2#22 on CPMI Board (B410)
Connection to P1#22 on CPMI Board (B410)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 21 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
3.4
Scanner Unit
3.4.1
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - CPMM Board (B427)
P1#19
CPMI
Board
(B410)
P1
BU1#1
External
E-Label
ST1
Autocal
Sensor
P4
P2 CPMM Tube Board (B422)
P2
P3 CPMM Tube Board (B422)
Figure 12
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 22 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P1
Interface to CPMI Board
17
P2
Interconnection of CPMM tube
electronics
10
Supply
Connector
GND (Pin 1)
-10 V (Pin 2)
DGND (Pin 3)
+5 V (Pin 4)
GND (Pin 8)
+20 V (Pin 9)
HSP Dy6 high voltage,
max. 1000 V, 1 mA (Pin 2)
Connection to P1#19 on CPMI Board (B410)
Connection to P3 on CPMM Tube Board
(B422)
HSP2 Dy2, Dy3 and Dy4 HV voltage,
max. 800 V, 2 mA (Pin 6)
P4
Interconnection of CPMM main
electronics
BU1#1
External E-Label
-
HSP1 Dy5 high voltage,
max. 320 V, 2 mA (Pin 10)
-5 V_INT (Pin 1)
+5 V_INT (Pin 2)
+15 V_INT (Pin 3)
GND Analog (Pin 4)
+20 V_INT (Pin 5)
GND Analog (Pin 6, 7, 9, 10)
-
ST1
Connection to Autocal Sensor
4
-
10
Connection to P2 on CPMM Tube Board
(B422)
External E-Label
Connection to Autocal Sensor
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 23 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.4.2
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - CPMI Board (B410)
P5 CPMI Power Distribution Board (B411)
JTAG*
P1
CPMM
Main Board
Compact
Flash
Card
Display
Debug*
External
E-Label*
P1#19
P1#3
P1#20
BU1#21
P1#22
P4 CMAM Adapter Board
P2#22
P3 CMAM Adapter Board
P1#23
P1 Handling Control Board (B419)
P1#5
USB
P1#4
Ethernet
P1#17
(Bottom Side)
P23
B410
* Not conne cted
P33
P1#2
RS232
Debug*
Connector
to Boot Board*
Figure 13
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 24 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
P1#2
Boot board
P1#3
Pins
Supply
Connector
64
-
Connection to Boot-Flash connector
CF connectivity
-
-
Compact Flash Card
P1#4
Ethernet Interface
-
-
Ethernet connection
P1#5
USB Interface
-
-
USB connection
P1#19
CPMM Interface
Connection to P1 on CPMM Main Board
P1#20
Debug
GND Analog (Pin 1)
-10 V (Pin 2)
GND Digital (Pin 3)
+5 VD (Pin 4)
GND Analog (Pin 8)
+ 20 V (Pin 9)
GND Digital (Pin 11)
-
P1#22
Optics Interface
15
Connection to P4 on CMAM Adapter Board
P1#23
CAN Interface
10
GND Polygon (Pin 1)
GND LD Modulator (Pin 7)
GND LD Modulator (Pin 8)
+24 V (Pin 9)
+12 V (Pin 14)
-12 V (Pin 15)
CAN Vcc Optional 5...15 V (Pin 1)
CAN GND (Pin 3)
CAN GND (Pin 6)
CAN Vcc 5...15 V (Pin 9)
15
-
Display Debug
Connection to P1 on Handling Control Board
(B419)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 25 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
P2#22
CAL Interface
P23
JTAG
P33
Debug
P1#17
Power Interface
Pins
Supply
Connector
Connection to P3 on CMAM Adapter Board
-
+12 V (Pin1)
-12 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 9)
-
-
-
RS232 Debug
GND_Polygon (Pin 1)
+27.2 V Polygon (Pin 2)
GND_LD Modulator (Pin 3)
+12 V_LD Modulator (Pin 4)
-12 V LD Modulator (Pin 6)
+12 V CAL-Board (Pin 7)
GND CAL-Board (Pin 9)
-12 V CAL-Board (Pin 10)
Sense DGND (Pin 12)
GND PMT-Board (Pin 13)
+20 V PMT-Board (Pin 14)
-10 V PMT-Board (Pin 16)
GND Analog (Pin 19)
+8 V Analog (Pin 20)
+12 V CAN Bus (Pin 24)
Connection to P5 on CPMI Power
Distribution Board (B411)
15
50
JTAG
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 26 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P1#17
Power Interface
50
BU1#21
External E-Label
-
Supply
Connector
GND CAN Bus (Pin 25)
+12 V HD (Pin 28)
GND HD (Pin 29)
+5 V (Pin 32)
GND (Pin 33)
+5 V (Pin 34)
GND (Pin 35)
+5 V (Pin 36)
GND (Pin 37)
+5 V (Pin 38)
GND (Pin 39)
+5 V (Pin 40)
GND (Pin 41)
+5 V (Pin 42)
GND (Pin 43)
+5 V (Pin 44)
GND (Pin 45)
Sense_5 V (Pin 46)
GND (Pin 47)
+5 V (Pin 48)
GND (Pin 49)
+5 V (50)
-
Connection to P5 on CPMI Power
Distribution
Board (B411)
External E-Label
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 27 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.4.3
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm - CPMI Power Distribution Board (B411)
P3
B411
XK3 Flat Connector Strip
P5
P1#17
CPMI
Board
(B410)
Figure 14
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 28 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P3
Power Supply
8
P5
CPMI Interface
50
Supply
Connector
+24 V (Pin 1)
+24 V (Pin 2)
+24 V (Pin 3)
+24 V (Pin 4)
GND (Pin 5-8)
GND (Pin 1)
+24 V Polygon Motor (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 3)
+12 V LD_Modulator (Pin 4)
-12 V LD_Modulator (Pin 6)
+12 V Calibration (Pin 7)
GND (Pin 9)
-12 V Calibration (Pin 10)
GND (Pin 12)
GND (Pin 13)
+20 V PMT (Pin 14)
-10 V PMT (Pin 16)
GND (Pin 19)
+8 V Analog Circuit (Pin 20)
CAN +12 V (Pin 24)
GND (Pin 25)
GND (Pin 29)
5 V Power Supply for 1.5 V Converter (Pin 32)
GND (Pin 33)
Connection to XK3 Flat Connector Strip
Connection to P1#17 on CPMI Board (B410)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 29 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P5
CPMI Interface
50
Supply
Connector
5 V Power Supply for 1.5 V Converter (Pin 34)
GND (Pin 35)
5 V Power Supply for 1.5 V Converter (Pin 36)
GND (Pin 37)
5 V Power Supply for 3.3 V Converter (Pin 38)
GND (Pin 39)
5 V Power Supply for 3.3 V Converter (Pin 40)
GND (Pin 41)
5 V Power Supply for 3.3 V Converter (Pin 42)
GND (Pin 43)
5 V Power Supply for 3.3 V Converter (Pin 44)
GND (Pin 45)
5 V Power Supply Digital Sense (Pin 46)
GND (Pin 47)
5 V Power Supply Digital Circuit (Pin 48)
GND (Pin 49)
5 V Power Supply Digital Circuit (Pin 50)
Connection to P1#17 on CPMI Board (B410)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 30 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
3.5
Erasure Unit
3.5.1
CR 30-Xm - Erasure LED Board (B423)
P5
Erasure LED
Control Board
(B424)
P1
Figure 15
Plug
Function
P1
Erasure Interface
Pins
Supply
12
-
Connector
Connection to P5 on Erasure LED Control Board (B424)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 31 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.5.2
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd - Erasure LED Board (B423)
P1 Erasure LED Control Board (B424)
P1
B423
Figure 16
Plug
Function
P1
Erasure Interface
Pins
Supply
8
-
Connector
Connection to P1 on Erasure LED Control Board (B424)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 32 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.5.3
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-Xm - Erasure LED Control Board (B424)
P1
Erasure
LED Board
(B423)
P16
Handling
Control Board
(B419)
P5
P2
XK3 Flat
Connector
Strip
P3
B424
P4
Overheat
Protection
(S4)
Figure 17
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 33 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
P2
CAL Interface
8
P3
Power Supply
8
P4
Overheat Protection (S4)
2
P5
Erasure Interface
12
Supply
Connector
GND (Pin 6)
GND (Pin 7)
Supply Voltage / 10 (Pin 8)
+24 V (Pin 1)
+24 V (Pin 2)
GND (Pin 3)
GND (Pin 4)
IN (Pin 1)
OUT (Pin 2)
-
Connection to P16 on Handling Control Board (B419)
Connection to XK3 Flat Connector Strip
Overheat Protection (S4)
Connection to P1 on Erasure LED Board (B423)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 34 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
3.5.4
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
CR 30-X 2nd - Erasure LED Control Board (B424)
Overheat
Protection
(S4)
P4
XK3 Flat Connector Strip
P3
B424
P1
P16 Handling Control Board (B419)
P1 Erasure LED Board (B423)
P2
Figure 18
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 35 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS230.10E
Reference and Circuit Diagrams
Plug
Function
Pins
Supply
Connector
P1
Erasure Interface
8
-
Connection to P1 on Erasure LED Board (B423)
P2
CAL Interface
8
Connection to P16 on Handling Control Board (B419)
P3
Power Supply
4
P4
Overheat Protection (S4)
2
GND (Pin 6)
GND (Pin 7)
Supply Voltage / 10 (Pin 8)
GND (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 2)
+24 V (Pin 3)
+24 V (Pin 4)
IN (Pin 1)
OUT (Pin 2)
Connection to XK3 Flat Connector Strip
Overheat Protection (S4)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
01-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Chapter 4 / Page 36 of 36
Agfa Company Confidential
Spare Parts List
Document No: DD+DIS247.10M
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879825
spare_parts_e_template_v11
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper
operation.
INSTRUCTION:
•
•
•
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of
compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or
www.agfa.com.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manuals refer to the "Checklist
for Completeness" in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 2 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Document History
Edition,
Revision
1.1
Release
Date
02-2012
Changes compared to previous Version 1.0
Added information about CR 30-Xm
DISCLAIMER:
Actual delivered spare parts may differ (in appearance) from the images shown and/or
ordered spare parts.
The codes of the ordered spare parts can vary from the code of the delivered spare parts.
Agfa HealthCare warrants that the delivered spare parts have at least the same functionalities.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to deliver compatible or alternative spare parts.
Prices may differ from the original order as these spare parts will be invoiced at current prices.
NOTE:
Repaired Spare Parts are indicated with Prefix RF+.
Repaired Spare Parts may differ in lifetime.
NOTE:
Recycling of the electronic and electrical waste equipment will ensure safety of the human
health and the environment.
For information about electronic and electrical waste equipment disposal, recovery and
collection points, please contact your local waste disposal service or the producer / distributor
of this equipment.
If your equipment contains removable batteries or accumulators please dispose of these
separately according to local regulations.
Contact
Spare Parts ordering
Spare Parts returns
Europe:
Orderprocessing-europe@matrium.net
Overseas:
Orderprocessing-overseas@matrium.net
Worldwide:
Returns@matrium.net
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Chapter 5 / Page 3 of 22
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Agfa Company Confidential
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Contents
CR MD 4.0 T Kassette
Cassette CR MD 4.0 T
Cassette CR MD 4.0 T
Pages 18 - 19
CR MM 3.0 Kassette
Cassette CR MM 3.0
Cassette CR MM 3.0
Pages 20 - 21
Verkleidung
Cover
Revêtement
Pages 6 - 7
Slow-Scan Einheit
Slow-Scan Unit
Unite Slow-Scan
Pages 12 - 15
Transporteinheit
Tranport Unit
Module de Transport
Pages 10 - 11
Schublade
Input Tray
bac film
Pages 8 - 9
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 4 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
How to navigate the Spare Parts List online with the
Acrobat Reader
(1)
(2)
Open Bookmarks.
(3)
(4)
See overview of the modules.
(5)
Appropriate page opens.
(6)
Click on green arrow to
Click on "CONTENTS".
Click on requested module.
navigate back to the overview
of the modules.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 5 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01
02
07
09
06
05
03
08
04
5175_200_chap05_01_m.cdr
COVER
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 6 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+6030610
VERKLEIDUNG OBEN GRAU (TYPE 5175/220/225)
TOP COVER GREY (TYPE 5175/220/225)
CAPOT EN HAUT GRISE (TYPE 5175/220/225)
1
CM+9517815250
VERKLEIDUNG OBEN (TYPE 5175/200/205, 5179/100)
TOP COVER (TYPE 5175/200/205, 5179/100)
CAPOT EN HAUT (TYPE 5175/200/205, 5179/100)
2
CM+6018180
SEITE LINKS, LACKIERT
LEFT COVER
RÊVETEMENT GAUCHE
3
CM+9517515041
SEITE RECHTS, LACKIERT
RIGHT COVER
RÊVETEMENT DROITE
4
CM+6037500
FRONTABDECKUNG (TYPE 5175/205)
FRONT COVER (TYPE 5175/205)
CAPOT AVANT (TYPE 5175/205)
4
CM+6030600
FRONTABDECKUNG GRAU (TYPE 5175/220/225)
FRONT COVER GREY (TYPE 5175/220/225)
CAPOT AVANT GRISE (TYPE 5175/220/225)
4
CM+9517815150
FRONTABDECKUNG (TYPE 5175/200)
FRONT COVER (TYPE 5175/200)
CAPOT AVANT (TYPE 5175/200)
4
CM+6041910
FRONTABDECKUNG CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
FRONT COVER CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
CAPOT AVANT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
5
CM+9517515800
USER INTERFACE BOARD
USER INTERFACE BOARD
USER INTERFACE BOARD
6
CM+9517840100
SICHERHEITSSCHALTER
SAFETY SWITCH
INTERRUPTEUR DE SÉCURITÉ
7
CM+9048614201
NETZTEIL
POWER SUPPLY
ALIMENTATION AVEC INTERRUPTEUR
8
CM+9517885850
EIN-AUSSCHALTER MIT KABELBAUM
MAIN SWITCH WITH WIRE HARNESS
INTERRUPTEUR AVEC HARNAIS DE CÂBLE
9
CM+9047711120
USB KABEL
USB CABLE
CABLE USB
CR 30-X 2nd (WHITE)
CR 30-X 2nd (WHITE)
CR 30-Xm
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
COVER
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 7 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01
05
07 (M3)
03
06
02
09
10
08
04
11
12 (M1)
13 (M17)
5175_200_chap05_02_m.cdr
INPUT TRAY
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 8 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+9517514100
REINIGUNGSBÜSTE (BUCHSE Ø4MM)
CLEANING BRUSH (BUSHING Ø4MM)
BROSSE DE NETTOYAGE (DOUILLE Ø4MM)
2
CM+9517852000
KASSETTENÖFFNER KOMPLETT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
CASSETTE OPENER ASSEMBLY (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
SYSTÈME D'OUVERTURE CASSETTE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
2
CM+6042090
KASSETTENÖFFNER KOMPLETT (TYPE 5179/100)
CASSETTE OPENER ASSEMBLY (TYPE 5179/100)
SYSTÈME D'OUVERTURE CASSETTE (TYPE 5179/100)
3
CM+9517886101
TAG READER KABEL
TAG READER CABLE
CABLE TAG READER
4
CM+6044200
RF TAG READER
RF TAG READER
DISPOSITIF DE LECTURE DES ÉTIQUETTES
5
CM+6042850
LICHTSCHRANKE KASSETTENÖFFNER (TYPE 5179/100)
CASSETTE OPENER SENSOR (TYPE 5179/100)
SENSOR SYSTÈME D'OUVERTURE CASSETTE (TYPE 5179/100)
6
CM+9517840050
ZAHNRIEMEN SET
SET OF TOOTHED BELTS
COURROIE CRANTÉE
7
CM+9517885300
MOTOR M3 (KASSETTENÖFFNER)
MOTOR M3 (CASSETTE OPENER)
MOTEUR M3 (SYSTÈME D'OUVERTURE CASSETTE)
8
CM+6042860
HANDLING CONTROL BOARD (TYPE 5179/100)
HANDLING CONTROL BOARD (TYPE 5179/100)
CARTE CONTRÔLE DÉROULEMENT (TYPE 5179/100)
8
CM+9517845100
HANDLING CONTROL BOARD (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
HANDLING CONTROL BOARD (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
CARTE CONTRÔLE DÉROULEMENT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
9
CM+9517886300
USER INTERFACE KABEL
USER INTERFACE CABLE
CABLE USER INTERFACE
10
CM+9517886200
IP SENSOR KABEL
IP SENSOR CABLE
CABLE IP SENSOR
11
CM+9517858000
KASSETTENKLEMMER
CASSETTE FIXATION UNIT
SERRAGE DE CASSETTES
12
CM+9517858100
MOTOR M1 (KASSETTENKLEMMER)
MOTOR M1 (CASSETTE FIXING)
MOTEUR M1 (SERRAGE DE CASSETTES)
13
CM+9517856000
KASSETTENENTRIEGLER
CASSETTE UNLATCH ASSEMBLY
CASSETTE DEVERROUILLAGE
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
INPUT TRAY
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 9 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01
02
08*
09
07 (M5)
08*
04
11
04
10
05 (M6)
04
06 (M4)
03
5175_200_chap05_03_m.cdr
TRANSPORT UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 10 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Agfa Company Confidential
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+9517836000
LÖSCHEINHEIT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
ERASURE UNIT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
1
CM+6041101
LÖSCHEINHEIT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ERASURE UNIT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
UNITE D'EFFACEMENT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
2
CM+9517860130
FÜHRUNGSBLECH LÖSCHEINHEIT
GUIDE PLATE ERASURE UNIT
TÔLE CONDUCTRICE D'EFFACEMENT
3
CM+9949969500
SENSOR IR-REFLEX
ROLLER IP SENSOR
PHOTOCELLULE DE REFLEXION
4
CM+9517840050
ZAHNRIEMEN SET
SET OF TOOTHED BELTS
COURROIE CRANTÉE
5
CM+9517860250
MOTOR M6 (WALZENKLEMMER)
MOTOR M6 (ROLLER CLAMPING)
MOTEUR M6 (SERRAGE DE ROULEAUX)
6
CM+9517860550
MOTOR M4 (TRANSPORTSCHLITTEN)
MOTOR M4 (DRAWER UNIT)
MOTEUR M4 (CHARIOT DE TRANSPORT)
7
CM+9517845190
MOTOR M5 (TRANSPORTWALZEN)
MOTOR M5 (TRANSPORT ROLLER)
MOTEUR M5 (ROULEAUX DE TRANSPORT)
8
CM+9517863250
9
CM+9517864001
WALZENSTUHL OBEN
UPPER ROLLER ASSEMBLY
PAIRE DE ROULEAUX
10
CM+9517867001
TRANSPORTSCHLITTEN
DRAWER UNIT
CHARIOT DE TRANSPORT
11
CM+9517867650
MAGNET, GEKLEBT
SET PERMAMENT MAGNET
FIXATION, COLLÉ
*
CR 30-Xm
SET EINGABEROLLEN
SET INPUT ROLLERS
SET INPUT ROLLERS
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
TRANSPORT UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 11 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01
02
03
04
06
05
07 (M2)
5175_200_chap05_04_m.cdr
SLOW-SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 12 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+9517827501
OPTIKBAUGRUPPE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
OPTIC MODULE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
ENSEMBLE OPTIQUE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
1
CM+6041080
OPTIKBAUGRUPPE CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
OPTIC MODULE CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ENSEMBLE OPTIQUE CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
2
CM+9517845500
CPMI POWER INTEGRATION BOARD
CPMI POWER INTEGRATION BOARD
CPMI POWER INTEGRATION BOARD
3
CM+9517098850
SPEICHERKARTE
SOLID STATE DISK
SOLID STATE DISK
4
CM+9517821700
CPMI BOARD
CPMI BOARD
BOARD CPMI
5
CM+6024690
ABHEBEMECHANIK LINKS (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
ROLLER LIFT ASSEMBLY LEFT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
DISPOSITIF DE LEVAGE A GAUCHE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
5
CM+6048590
ABHEBEMECHANIK LINKS CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ROLLER LIFT ASSEMBLY LEFT CR30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ROLLER LIFT ASSEMBLY LEFT CR30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
6
CM+9517825000
GETRIEBE MIT MOTOR UND TRANSPORT-WALZEN (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
GEAR BOX WITH MOTOR AND SCAN ROLLERS (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
ENGRENAGE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
6
CM+6042320
GETRIEBE MIT MOTOR UND TRANSPORT-WALZEN CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
GEAR BOX WITH MOTOR AND SCAN ROLLERS CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ENGRENAGE CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
7
CM+9517825800
MOTOR M2 (SLOW SCAN)
MOTOR M2 (SLOW SCAN)
MOTEUR M2 (SLOW SCAN)
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
SLOW-SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 13 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01
02
03
07
04*
06
05
5175_200_chap05_05_m.cdr
SLOW-SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 14 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+6041070
PMT DETECTOR MIT LICHTSAMMLER CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
PMT WITH LIGHT COLLECTOR CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
DETECTEUR PMT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
1
CM+9517831403
PMT DETECTOR MIT LICHTSAMMLER (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
PMT WITH LIGHT COLLECTOR (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
DETECTEUR PMT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
2
CM+6041060
SAMMELSPIEGEL MONTIERT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
REFLECTOR WITH BRUSH CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
REFLECTEUR AVEC BROSSE CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
2
CM+9517830202
REFLEKTOR MIT BÜRSTE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
REFLECTOR WITH BRUSH (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
REFLECTEUR AVEC BROSSE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
3
CM+9517826500
SCHAUMWALZE VOLLSTÄNDIG (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
UPPER SCAN ROLLERS (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
UPPER SCAN ROLLERS (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
3
CM+6049090
SCHAUMWALZE VOLLST. CR30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
UPPER SCAN ROLLERS CR30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
UPPER SCAN ROLLERS CR30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
4
CM+9517824130
5
CM+6048600
ABHEBEMECHANIK RECHTS CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ROLLER LIFT ASSEMBLY RIGHT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
ROLLER LIFT ASSEMBLY RIGHT CR 30-XM (TYPE 5179/100)
5
CM+6024710
ABHEBEMECHANIK RECHTS (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
ROLLER LIFT ASSEMBLY RIGHT (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
DISPOSITIF DE LEVAGE A DROITE (TYPE 5175/200/205/220/225)
6
CM+9517824700
CALIBRATION BOARD
CALIBRATION BOARD
CALIBRATION BOARD
7
CM+9517824840
LEITBLECH ÜBERGABE
GUIDE PLATE SCANNER INPUT
GUIDE PLATE SCANNER INPUT
*
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
GLASSCHEIBE IM SCANNER
PANE IN SCANNER
VITRE DE SCANNER
CR 30-Xm
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
SLOW-SCAN UNIT
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 15 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
5175_200_chap05_06_m.cdr
SMALL PARTS AND TOOLS
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 16 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+6049480
LIMIT PATTERNS FOR CR30-XM
LIMIT PATTERNS FOR CR30-XM
LIMIT PATTERNS FOR CR30-XM
1
CM+9517591600
CR30 LIMIT PATTERN CD1.0
CR30 LIMIT PATTERN CD1.0
CR30 LIMIT PATTERN CD1.0
2
CM+6027470
ADAPTERPLATTE CR 30-X 2ND
ADAPTOR BASE PLATE CR 30-X 2ND
PLATE ADAPTEUR CR 30-X 2ND
3
CM+6037431
USB FLASH DRIVE WITH SOFTWARE, VERSION CIR_1102
USB FLASH DRIVE WITH SOFTWARE, VERSION CIR_1102
USB FLASH DRIVE WITH SOFTWARE, VERSION CIR_1102
4
CM+6045180
USB FLASH DRIVE SOFTWARE, VERSION CIRM1102
USB FLASH DRIVE SOFTWARE, VERSION CIRM1102
USB FLASH DRIVE SOFTWARE, VERSION CIRM1102
5
CM+9042663090
VERRIEGELUNGSWERKZEUG
SERVICE KEY
SERVICE KEY
6
CM+9515510152
CU-FILTER VERPACKT
CU FILTER PACKED
FILTER CU EMBALLE
7
CM+9999908300
ANTI-STATIC WRIST STRAP
ANTI-STATIC WRIST STRAP
ANTI-STATIC WRIST STRAP
8
10+9999911970
CR PHOSPHOR PLATE CLEANER (FOR CR MD4.0T ONLY)
CR PHOSPHOR PLATE CLEANER (FOR CR MD4.0T ONLY)
CR PHOSPHOR PLATE CLEANER (FOR CR MD4.0T ONLY)
9
CM+9999992470
ISOFLEX TOPAS NB52 (50 ML)
ISOFLEX TOPAS NB52 (50 ML)
ISOFLEX TOPAS NB52 (50 ML)
10
CM+9957999040
MAGNIFYING GLASS 8X
MAGNIFYING GLASS 8X
MAGNIFYING GLASS 8X
11
CM+9514810900
ALU FILTER VERPACKT
ALUMINIUN FILTER PACKED
ALUMINIUN FILTER PACKED
99
10+9999912730
POLYNIT WIPES
POLYNIT WIPES
POLYNIT WIPES
CR 30-Xm
CR 30-Xm
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
SMALL PARTS AND TOOLS
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 17 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
REAR SIDE
06* - 11*
01* - 05*
5175_200_CHAP05_07_m.CDR
CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 T
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 18 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+9518052002
*
SCHUBLADE + IP 35X43
TRAY + IP 35X43
TIROIR + IP 35X43
2
CM+9518152001
*
SCHUBLADE + IP 35X35
TRAY + IP 35X35
TIROIR + IP 35X35
3
CM+9518252002
*
SCHUBLADE + IP 24X30
TRAY + IP 24X30
TIROIR + IP 24X30
4
CM+9518352002
*
SCHUBLADE + IP 18X24
TRAY + IP 18X24
TIROIR + IP 18X24
5
CM+9518452002
*
SCHUBLADE + IP 15X30
TRAY + IP 15X30
TIROIR + IP 15X30
6
CM+9518053002
*
LEERKASSETTE 35X43
BLANK CASSETTE 35X43
CASSETTE BLANC 35X43
7
CM+9518153000
*
LEERKASSETTE 35X35
BLANK CASSETTE 35X35
CASSETTE BLANC 35X35
8
CM+9518253002
*
LEERKASSETTE 24X30
BLANK CASSETTE 24X30
CASSETTE BLANC 24X30
9
CM+9518353002
*
LEERKASSETTE 18X24
BLANK CASSETTE 18X24
CASSETTE BLANC 18X24
10
CM+9518453002
*
LEERKASSETTE 15X30
BLANK CASSETTE 15X30
CASSETTE BLANC 15X30
11
CM+9518012201
*
CR-30 FLFS KASSETTE
CR-30 FLFS CASSETTE
CASSETTE CR-30 FLFS
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
CASSETTE CR MD 4.0 T
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 19 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
01* - 02*
REAR SIDE
03* - 04*
05* - 06*
5175_200_CHAP05_08_m.CDR
CASSETTE CR MM3.0
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 20 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
1
CM+6049140
*
CR MM3.0T MAMMO SET 18X24 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO SET 18X24 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO SET 18X24 CM
2
CM+6049150
*
CR MM3.0T MAMMO SET 24X30 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO SET 24X30 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO SET 24X30 CM
3
CM+6048100
*
CR MM3.0T MAMMO CASSETTE 18X24 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO CASSETTE 18X24 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO CASSETTE 18X24 CM
4
CM+6048120
*
CR MM3.0T MAMMO CASSETTE 24X30 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO CASSETTE 24X30 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO CASSETTE 24X30 CM
5
CM+6049160
*
CR MM3.0T MAMMO PLATE 18X24 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO PLATE 18X24 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO PLATE 18X24 CM
6
CM+6049170
*
CR MM3.0T MAMMO PLATE 24X30 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO PLATE 24X30 CM
CR MM3.0T MAMMO PLATE 24X30 CM
CR 30-Xm
= Assembly
* = Spare Part standardly is not kept in stock, extended delivery time is possible.
99 = Spare Part is not shown in Exploded Views.
RF+: Repaired Spare Parts
CASSETTE CR MM3.0
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
Chapter 5 / Page 21 of 22
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS247.10M
Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name
Type Number
Specification
CR 30-X 2/60 Digitizer
5175/0200
5QTR4
CR 30-X 2/35 Digitizer
5175/0205
5RVQK
CR White 2/60 Digitizer
5175/0220
5RVRM
CR White 2/35 Digitizer
5175/0225
5RVSO
CR 30-Xm
5179/0100
5SDMH
Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:
Order Number
Accessory
TABLE FOR CR30-X
EWRP3
ALL IN ONE CART
E2M3H
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175/200/205/220/225
Chapter 5 / Page 22 of 22
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179/100
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 9
Imaging Services
Maintenance
Document No: DD+DIS231.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document contains all routines and tests to be carried out during maintenance.
It describes all must maintenance periodical steps in chronological suitable order.
►
►
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.0
1.1
02-2012
Added information about CR 30-Xm.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
Chapter 3.5 - Replacements / Repair Procedures
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
Chapter 3.2 - Tools and auxiliary means
DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual,
Chapter 3.6 - Adjustments and Calibrations
This document is separately available. Order number: DD+DIS231.10E
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879915
eq_09_maintenance_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS231.10E
►
Maintenance
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 2 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
GENERAL INFORMATION ON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE .............................................5
1.1
Maintenance Frequency ...........................................................................................................5
1.2
Required Time...........................................................................................................................5
1.3
Required Documents ................................................................................................................5
1.4
Required Software ....................................................................................................................5
1.5
Required Tools..........................................................................................................................6
1.6
Required Cleaning Material ......................................................................................................7
1.7
Required Lubrication Material ...................................................................................................7
DIAGNOSTICS .........................................................................................................................8
2.1
Questioning of the Customer ....................................................................................................8
2.2
Analyzing the Info Counter........................................................................................................8
2.3
Documenting the Technical Image Quality of the System........................................................9
2.3.1
Preparing the Image Plate ........................................................................................................9
2.3.2
Erasing the Cassette...............................................................................................................11
2.3.3
Exposing the Cassette ............................................................................................................12
2.3.4
Exposing the Cassette at GenRad Modality ...........................................................................12
2.3.5
Scanning the Flatfield Image ..................................................................................................14
MAINTENANCE – POWER OFF............................................................................................15
3.1
Checking of Power and Network Cable ..................................................................................15
3.2
Checking of the Covers...........................................................................................................16
3.3
Checking of the Cables...........................................................................................................16
3.4
Checking of the IP Guide Plate...............................................................................................17
3.5
Checking of the four Belt Drives .............................................................................................17
3.6
Performing a mechanical Check of the Drawer Slider ............................................................18
3.7
Performing a visual Check of the Transport Rollers ...............................................................18
3.8
Performing a visual Check of all Stepper Motors....................................................................18
3.9
Cleaning the Inside .................................................................................................................19
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 3 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
4
5
6
7
Maintenance
3.10
Cleaning the Erasure Unit.......................................................................................................19
3.11
Cleaning the Prescan Antistatic Brush ...................................................................................20
3.12
Greasing the Spindle at the Cassette Fixation Unit ................................................................21
3.13
Reassembling of the removed Parts.......................................................................................21
3.14
Checking the Cassette Condition............................................................................................22
MAINTENANCE – POWER ON..............................................................................................22
4.1
Checking the Safety Switch ....................................................................................................23
4.2
Performing a Stall Calibration .................................................................................................23
4.3
Performing Test Cycles...........................................................................................................24
TECHNICAL IMAGE QUALITY CHECK OF THE SYSTEM...................................................25
5.1
Exposing the Cassette ............................................................................................................25
5.2
Cleaning of the Scan Line and the Mirror ...............................................................................25
5.3
Scanning the Flatfield Image ..................................................................................................26
5.4
Checking the Image at the Lightbox or Viewing Station .........................................................27
COMPLETION OF THE MAINTENANCE...............................................................................29
6.1
Resetting the Maintenance Indicator ......................................................................................29
6.2
Creating a Backup of Device specific Data.............................................................................29
6.3
Performing the Customer Conversation .................................................................................29
MAINTENANCE CHECKLIST ................................................................................................30
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 4 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
1
Maintenance
General Information on Preventive Maintenance
To ensure quality and functional reliability of the system all the points listed below
(minimum maintenance points) must be carried out.
IMPORTANT:
Check if it is necessary to include country specific regulations as additional
maintenance points.
1.1
Maintenance Frequency
The maintenance has to be carried out (whatever comes first):
1.2

Every 30.000 image plate cycles or

Every 2 years
Required Time
REQUIRED TIME:
Approximately 2 hours
1.3
Required Documents
For a list of required documents see the front page of this document.
Recommendation:
Download the complete Service Manual from the Agfa HealthCare Library:
<Computed Radiography  CR Digitizers  CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd>
1.4
Required Software
Make sure that the latest digitizer software is available on the Service PC to be
prepared for a software upgrade during the preventive maintenance. The latest
software can be downloaded from the Agfa HealthCare Library:
<Computed Radiography  CR Digitizers  CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd
 Software>
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 5 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
1.5
Maintenance
Required Tools
Following required tools are part of digitizer delivery:

TX 20

TX 45
Limit Pattern CD ROM CR 30-X 2nd
Spare part number*: CM+9 5175 9160 1
Limit Pattern CD ROM CR 30-Xm
Spare part number*: CM+604948 00

1.5 mm Copper Filter
Spare part number*: CM+9 5155 1015 2

2.0 mm AL Filter
Spare part number*: CM+9 5148 1090 0
USB Flash Drive
Checked to be virus free
Spare part numbers*:

CR 30-Xm with CIRMXXXX**: CM+6045180

CR 30-X 2nd with CIR_XXXX** : CM+6037431
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the current revision of the spare part is delivered.
** XXXX = Version number
Following required tools are not part of digitizer delivery:
Network Cable
Commercially available, Acquire locally
Lint free cloth
Commercially available, Acquire locally
Flash light
Commercially available, Acquire locally
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 6 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
1.6
Maintenance
Required Cleaning Material
Following cleaning material is required:
Description
Order Number*
Vacuum cleaner (220/240 V, 50-60 Hz)
CM+9 9999 0895 0
Or a comparable vacuum cleaner:
Commercially available, Acquire locally
Dirt bags for vacuum cleaner (10 x)
CM+9 9999 0896 0
CR Phosphor Plate Cleaner (2 bottles)
10+9999911970
Prosat wipes
10+9 9999 1219 0
Polynit wipes
10+9 9999 1273 0
Lint-free cloth
Commercially available: Acquire locally
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the current revision of the spare part is delivered.
1.7
Required Lubrication Material
Description
Order Number*
Isoflex Topas NB52 (50 ml)
CM+9 9999 9247 0
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the current revision of the spare part is delivered.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 7 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance
2
Diagnostics
2.1
Questioning of the Customer
(1)
2.2
Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last maintenance.
Analyzing the Info Counter
(1)
On the NX workstation log-off the current user and log-in as "crservice".
(2)
Open the Internet Explorer.
(3)
Enter the digitizer IP address in the address window.
If the IP address is not known: Look it up in the Configuration Tool of the
NX workstation.
(4)
Select in the service menu: <Reporting  Info Counter>
(5)
Check the image plate cycles since last maintenance and the last maintenance
date. Enter these values in the maintenance checklist (see section 7).
(6)
Check the errors since last maintenance.
(7)
Check whether service documents provides information on error solutions
e.g. by HW modifications, software upgrades etc. If applicable implement the
provided solution.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 8 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance
2.3
Documenting the Technical Image Quality of the System
2.3.1
Preparing the Image Plate
(1)
Select the largest available cassette.
If the largest available cassette is a Full Leg / Full Spine (FLFS) Cassette, use
this cassette.
Genrad Cassette
FLFS Cassette
FLFS
FLFS
Figure 1
(2)
Open the cassette with the
dedicated key or a pen.
517509ag.cdr
Figure 2
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 9 / Page 9 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance
(3)
Open the shutter.
(4)
Turn the cassette around, so that
the black tube side is above.
(5)
Let the black tray and image plate
slide out carefully onto the table.
1
2
1
517509ad.cdr
Figure 3
(6)
Put the black tray with the image
plate onto the cassette.
(7)
Check the image plate for any
contaminations or signs of damage
(e.g. dust particles, scratches).
Figure 4
(8)
If the image plate is contaminated clean it with the CR screen cleaner and
a soft lint-free cloth.
If the image plate is damaged take another cassette and inform the customer.
IMPORTANT for cleaning:
Do not put the CR Phosphor Plate Cleaner directly on the image plate.
Always put the CR Phosphor Plate Cleaner on the lint-free cloth.
(9)
Wait approximately 10 minutes until the surface is dry.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 10 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance
(10) Verify that the white phosphor side
is oriented to the black tube side
of the cassette.
(11) Put the image plate back into the
cassette so that the shutter does
not scratch over the image plate.
(12) Insert the key or a pen into the
cassette.
(13) Close the shutter.
1
White phosphor side
2
Black tube side of the cassette
517509af.cdr
Figure 5
(14) Remove the key.
2.3.2
Erasing the Cassette
(1)
Press the Erase button.
The Digitizer switches to erase
mode. The status indicator is
continuously lighting up in blue.
5175_c01_006.ai
Figure 6
(2)
Put the cassette in the digitizer:
Erasing starts.
5175_c01_005.ai
Figure 7
(3)
Remove the cassette with the erased image plate from the cassette output.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 11 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance
2.3.3
Exposing the Cassette
2.3.3.1
Exposing the Cassette at GenRad Modality
(1)
Mount the 1,5 mm Cu-filter at the
modality.
(2)
Place the Genrad cassette with the
black side facing up.
(3)
Ensure that the entire image plate
is fully exposed. The collimated
field must be larger than the image
plate.
Cu filter
1,3 m
Black side
facing up
Collimated
area
5175_c36_001.cdr
Figure 8
(4)
Select the following exposure parameters to obtain a dose of 10 µGy:




12 mAs
75 kVp
1.3 m (51,2”) distance
Large focus
(5)
Expose the cassette.
(6)
Turn the cassette 180° (black side suntil facing up).
(7)
Expose the cassette again.
After the second exposure the cassette has been exposed in total
with a dose of approximately 20 µGy.
(8)
Remove the Cu-filter from the X-ray device.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 12 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
2.3.3.2
Maintenance
Exposing the Cassettes at a Mammography Modality
(1)
Select the movdality according to
following preference list, if more
than one Mammography modality
is available on site:
1. Siemens Mammomat
2. GE DMR
3. Instrumentarium
(2)
Mount the Al-filter at the modality.
(3)
Insert the Mammo cassette with
the black side facing up.
Figure 9
(4)
Select the following exposure parameters:



200 mAs
28 kVp
Mo source / MO filter
(5)
Expose the cassette.
(6)
Repeat the exposure for the other cassette format, if available.
(7)
Remove the Al-filter from the X-ray device.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 13 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
2.3.4
Maintenance
Scanning the Flatfield Image
(1)
Insert the exposed cassette in the digitizer.
(2)
At the NX workstation select the examination type:
<System Diagnosis  Flatfield>
IMPORTANT:
By selection of examination type "System Diagnosis  Flatfield", the
correct settings for image processing of the flatfield are used. Any other
examination type may give a result which cannot be compared with the
limit pattern.
This exam type is only available, when working as user “crservice”.
(3)
Identify the cassette.
(4)
Wait until the digitizer has finished the scan process.
(5)
Print the image or send it to the archive (depending on what is available).
(6)
Keep the image as reference image "before maintenance".
(7)
Put the scanned cassette aside. It is used again for checking the image quality
at the end of the preventive maintenance.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 14 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3
Maintenance
Maintenance – Power Off
The “maintenance power off” is split up into the following steps:
#
Step
Section
1
Checking of power and network cable.
3.1
2
Checking of the covers.
3.2
3
Checking of the cables.
3.3
4
Checking of the IP guide plate.
3.4
5
Checking of the four belt drives.
3.5
6
Performing a mechanical check of the drawer slider.
3.6
7
Performing a visual check of the transport rollers.
3.7
8
Performing a visual check of all Motors.
3.8
9
Cleaning the inside.
3.9
10
Cleaning the erasure unit.
3.10
11
Cleaning the prescan antistatic brush.
3.11
12
Greasing the spindle at the cassette fixation unit.
3.12
13
Reassembling of the removed parts.
3.13
14
Checking the cassette condition.
3.14
NOTE:
When performing a visual check of the digitizer make sure that the components are
not damaged. If damage is visible replace the defective part.
For more information of the replacement refer to the CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd
Service Manual, chapter 3.5 Replacements / Repair Procedures.
3.1
Checking of Power and Network Cable
(1)
Switch off the digitizer.
(2)
Unplug the mains and network cable at the digitizer.
(3)
Check the condition of both cables for:

Damages at insulation

Symptoms of bending or squeezing
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 15 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.2
Maintenance
Checking of the Covers
CAUTION:
Parts underneath the top cover can be damaged.
Carefully remove the top cover.
3.3
(1)
Remove all covers of the digitizer. For instructions refer to CR 30-Xm /
CR 30-X 2nd Service Manual, chapter 3.5 Replacements / Repair Procedures.
(2)
Check all covers for damages (e.g. cracks).
Checking of the Cables
(1)
Check the condition of all cables
inside of the digitizer.
(2)
Have a close look to the cables
that are moved when the cassette
unit is opened. See Figure 10.
Figure 10
(3)
Remove the screw which fixates
the Handling Control Board and
lift the board slightly up.
(4)
Check the flexible cable of the
Chip Card Reader for any signs
of damage.
Figure 11
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 16 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.4
Maintenance
Checking of the IP Guide Plate
CAUTION:
IP jams possible if IP guide plate is deformed.
Do not bend IP guide plate at removal.
(1)
Remove the Erasure Unit and IP guide plate. Refer to CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd
Service Manual, chapter 3.5 Replacements / Repair Procedures.
(2)
Check the condition of the IP
guide plate. It may not be bent
or damaged (e.g. scratches).
Figure 12
3.5
Checking of the four Belt Drives
(1)
Check the condition of the 4 belt
drives in the cassette unit.
Transport Roller Motor Belt
Roller Clamping Motor Belt
Drawer Motor Belt
Especially check for:

Abrasion in the area of the
belts

Worn out belts (e.g. broken
steel cores)

Worn out gears
Toothed Belt for
Opener Motor M3
belts_cassette_unit.cdr
(2)
Move the belts forward and
backward manually when checking.
Figure 13
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 17 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.6
Maintenance
Performing a mechanical Check of the Drawer Slider
(1)
Move the slider backward: It must
move smoothly.
(2)
Put the slider back to home position
(i.e. attached to the magnets)
Figure 14
3.7
Performing a visual Check of the Transport Rollers
(1)
Check that the surface of the
transport rollers in the cassette
unit is free from defects.
Figure 15
3.8
Performing a visual Check of all Stepper Motors
NOTE:
The following conditions listed below are prerequisites to perform a successful
stall calibration. For more information refer section 4.2 Performing a Stall Calibration.
(1)
Check the following conditions of the stepper motors which are using a
stall detection (home/end position):

Smooth-running of the motor drive

Functionality of the mechanism for detection of the home/end position

No barriers in the movement available
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 18 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.9
Maintenance
Cleaning the Inside
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Vacuum cleaner
(1)
3.10
Clean the inside with a vacuum cleaner.
Especially check for dust in the IP transport unit, and clean this thoroughly
with the vacuum cleaner.
Cleaning the Erasure Unit
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Lint-free cloth
WARNING:
During operation the erasure unit is hot: Risk of burns.

Avoid contact with the Erasure Unit.

Observe the relevant sticker on the Erasure Unit.
200
c
CAUTION:
Sensitive surface. Reduced image quality possible due to clouded reflector.

Do not touch the reflector of the erasure unit by hand.

Do not use cleaning agents to clean the reflector.

Only use a lint-free cloth for cleaning.
(1)
Check the reflector, i.e. the lower side of the erasure unit.
(2)
Remove dust or any other particles with a lint-free cloth.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 19 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.11
Maintenance
Cleaning the Prescan Antistatic Brush
(1)
Remove the Optic Module.
Refer to CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd
Service Manual, chapter 3.5
Replacements / Repair
Procedures.
(2)
Check the Prescan Antistatic
Brush for contamination by using
a flash light.
Figure 16
(3)
If dust is visible, clean the area
before the Prescan Antistatic
Brush with a small vacuum
cleaner nozzle.
Figure 17
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 20 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.12
Maintenance
Greasing the Spindle at the Cassette Fixation Unit
IMPORTANT:
Be careful when putting grease at the spindle. When grease gets into the digitizer
it can affect the image quality or the functionality of the digitizer.
(1)
Put some grease (Isoflex Topas
NB 52) at the spindle in the area
of the spindle nut.
5175_c09_002.ai
Figure 18
3.13
Reassembling of the removed Parts
(1)
Reassemble the removed parts:

Optic Module

IP Guide Plate

Erasure Unit

Covers
(2)
Connect the mains and network cable.
(3)
Switch on the digitizer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 21 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
3.14
Maintenance
Checking the Cassette Condition
(1)
Check the following items of the cassettes:
Outside of the cassette:

No signs of wear or defects like cracks, broken layers, buckling of the
cassette, split off parts, worn or loose protection edges

Proper function of the shutter
Inside of the cassette:

No signs of wear or defects like detached fleece, cracks or split off parts

No signs of wear or defects of the tray like cracks, split off parts especially
on the rear edges

No contamination or signs of wear or defects of the IP like any kind of
particles, traces of glue, twisted edges, buckling of the IP, split off parts
of the layer or scratches
(2)
If any of the above listed symptoms are detected, separate the defective
cassettes or IP’s and instruct the operator / customer about the possible risks
of using defective cassettes or IP’s.
NOTE:
It is strongly recommended to replace affected cassettes or IP’s, if any of the above
listed symptoms are detected.
4
Maintenance – Power On
The “maintenance power on” is split up into the following steps:
#
Step
Section
1
Checking the safety switch
4.1
2
Performing a stall calibration for all motors
4.2
3
Performing test cycles for each used cassette format
4.3
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 22 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
4.1
4.2
Maintenance
Checking the Safety Switch
(1)
Pull out the cassette unit approximately 1 cm (0.4 in). The safety switch has
to switch off the digitizer.
(2)
Close the cassette unit.
Performing a Stall Calibration
NOTE:
Only perform a stall calibration, if a specific error exists.
(1)
On the NX workstation log-off the current user and log-in as "crservice".
(2)
Open the browser.
(3)
Enter the digitizer IP address in the address window.
NOTE:
If the IP address is not known: Look it up in the Configuration Tool of the
NX workstation.
(4)
Enter username (default: mega) and password (obtained during the classroom
training).
(5)
Select in the service menu: <Maintain and calibrate  Stall
Calibration>
(6)
Wait until the stall calibration is finished. This takes approximately 5 minutes.
For more information to the Stall Calibration refer to CR 30-Xm / CR 30-X 2nd
Service Manual chapter 3.6 Adjustments and Calibrations.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 23 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
4.3
Maintenance
Performing Test Cycles
(1)
Insert the cassette in the digitizer.
NOTE:
Perform the test cycle with every used cassette format.
(2)
In the Service GUI select: <Analysis and Repair  Endurance Run
Cycle>
(3)
Keep the default settings.
(4)
Select START.
(5)
Check for proper IP transport and abnormal noise.
(6)
Repeat this test cycle for all other cassette formats used at the site.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 24 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
5
Maintenance
Technical Image Quality Check of the System
The “technical image quality check” is split up into the following steps:
5.1
#
Step
Section
1
Expose the cassette.
5.1
2
Clean the Scan Line
5.2
3
Scan the flatfield image
5.3
4
Checking the Image at the Lightbox or Viewing Station
5.4
Exposing the Cassette
Use the same cassette as in the beginning of the preventive maintenance.
Refer to the instructions in section 2.3 of this document.
5.2
Cleaning of the Scan Line and the Mirror
(1)
Check the condition of the cleaning
brush (e.g. brush is not dirty or
damaged).
(2)
Clean the scan line by wiping with
the cleaning brush a few times
over the whole scan length.
The last movement must be
continuous from rear to front.
Figure 19
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 25 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
5.3
Maintenance
Scanning the Flatfield Image
(1)
Insert the exposed cassette in the digitizer.
(2)
At the NX workstation select the examination type:
<System Diagnosis  Flatfield>
IMPORTANT:
By selection of examination type "System Diagnosis  Flatfield", the
correct settings for image processing of the flatfield are used. Any other
examination type may give a result which cannot be compared with the
limit pattern.
(3)
Identify the cassette.
(4)
Wait until the digitizer has finished the scan process.
(5)
Print the image or send it to the archive (depending on what is available).
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 26 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
5.4
Maintenance
Checking the Image at the Lightbox or Viewing Station
NOTE:
Checking the images and comparing to the limit patterns may only happen on
lightboxes and viewing stations that comply with the specified installation and
configuration conditions for diagnostic reading. For details please refer to the
respective instructions of the viewing stations / light boxes.
NOTE:
The slow scan direction is always parallel to the short side of the image plate
(except 35 x 35 cm cassettes). Due to the hanging protocol* the appearance of the
saved flatfield might differ from the physical orientation of the cassette as it has
entered the digitizer.
* The hanging protocol (DICOM expression) defines the format and presentation how the images are
displayed on the monitor.
43 cm
30 cm
30 cm
24 cm
Slow scan 35 cm
direction
24 cm
15 cm
18 cm
517509ab.cdr
Figure 20
(1)
Check the image quality of the flatfield for the following artifacts:

Stripes in fast scan or slow scan direction

Large area inhomogeneities

Unacceptable number of white dots.
Evaluation:
(2)
If the scanned flatfield does not show one of the artifacts, no further action
is required.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 27 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
(3)
Maintenance
If the scanned flatfield shows one of the artifacts compare the flatfield with the
limit pattern. Compare the image with the limit pattern set. For detailed
instructions see enclosure document which is part of the limit pattern set.
The limit pattern set is in scope of the delivery of the digitizer or is available in
Mednet GSO Library. It is also available as spare part:
 Limit Pattern Set for verification CR 30-X 2nd:
Spare part number* CM+9 5175 9160 1
 Limit Pattern Set for verification of CR 30-Xm:
Spare part number* CM+604948 00
IMPORTANT:
If a FLFS cassette for flatfield exposure is used, the image will be slightly darker
in the upper and lower image area where the backscatter protection is removed
(approximately 1 cm each). These darker zones also have to be used for image
quality evaluation in slow scan and fast scan direction.
Flatfield with Genrad Cassette
Flatfield with FLFS Cassette
Effect exaggerated
Genrad Cassette
FLFS Cassette
Backscatter
Protection
FLFS
10 mm
10 mm
FLFS
Figure 21
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 28 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS231.10E
6
Maintenance
Completion of the Maintenance
The “completion of the maintenance” is split up into the following steps:
6.1
#
Step
Section
1
Resetting the Maintenance Indicator
6.1
2
Creating a Backup of Device specific Data
6.2
3
Performing the Customer Conversation
6.3
Resetting the Maintenance Indicator
(1)
In the digitizer service menu select: <Maintenance Indicator>
(2)
Select: <Reset of Maintenance Indicator>
NOTE:
Resetting the maintenance indicator also resets the relative counters.
6.2
6.3
Creating a Backup of Device specific Data
(1)
In the service menu select: <Backup & Restore>
(2)
Leave default settings.
(3)
Select <Complete Backup> to perform a backup.
(4)
Select <Save to PC Hard disk>.
(5)
Select <Logout>.
(6)
Copy the Backup ZIP file from The NX Workstation to the digitizer USB Flash
Drive and the Service PC.
Performing the Customer Conversation
(1)
Fill out the Maintenance checklist and hand it out to the customer.
(2)
Explain the results of the maintenance to the customer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 29 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Maintenance
Checklist
DD+DIS231.10E
7
Maintenance Checklist
Digitizer Serial Number:
Image Plate Cycles and months since last
maintenance:
The maintenance has to be carried out:

Every 30.000 Image Plate Cycles or

Every 2 years
NOTE:
Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions:
DD+DIS231.10E
Diagnostics
OK
Not OK
Solved
OK
Not OK
Solved
Questioning of the customer
Analyzing the Info Counter
Documenting the Technical Image Quality of the System
Maintenance points - Power off
Checking of Power and Network Cable
Checking of the Covers
Checking of the Cables
Checking of the IP Guide Plate
Checking of the four Belt Drives
Performing a mechanical Check of the Drawer Slider
Performing a visual Check of the Transport Rollers
Performing a visual Check of the Stepper Motors
Cleaning the Inside
Cleaning the Erasure Unit
Cleaning the Prescan Antistatic Brush
Greasing the Spindle at the Cassette Fixation Unit
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 30 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
Maintenance
Checklist
DD+DIS231.10E
Maintenance points - Power off
OK
Not OK
Solved
OK
NOT OK Solved
OK
NOT OK Solved
OK
NOT OK Solved
Reassembling of the removed Parts
Checking the Cassette Condition
Maintenance points - Power on
Checking the Safety Switch
Performing a Stall Calibration
Performing Test Cycles
Technical Image Quality Check of the System
Exposing the Cassette
Cleaning of the Scan Line and the Mirror
Scanning the Flatfield Image
Checking the Image at the Lightbox or Viewing Station
Completion
Resetting the Maintenance Indicator
Creating a Backup of Device specific Data
Performing the Customer Conversation
Remarks:
.............................................................
Date / Signature Service Technician
.........................................................
Date / Signature Customer
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225 Chapter 9 / Page 31 of 31
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 10
Service Bulletins
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS230.10E
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
►
Please note
Service Bulletins are not part of the Service Manual for Download.
Please download the Service Bulletins from the Agfa HealthCare Library:
Agfa HealthCare Library Æ Computed Radiography Æ CR Digitizers Æ
CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm Æ Service Bulletin *
* For external partners: Please ask your local Agfa representative for access.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 34066576
service_bulletin_cover_e_template_v02
Copyright © 2011 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS230.10E
Service Bulletins
This page is intentionally left blank to enable print out of even and odd pages on duplex printers.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 10 / 2
CR 30-Xm Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 11
Installation Planning
Imaging Services
Document No: DD+DIS229.10E
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
CR 30-Xm
Type 5179 / 100
►
Purpose of this Document
This document contains all planning data including the required measures to be carried
out on site prior to the machine delivery.
This chapter is divided into:
►
►
•
Construction planning data
•
Technical connection and performance data
•
Safety instructions, listing of certificates
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.0
1.1
02-2012
•
Updated AE-Title in section 4.1.
•
Updated dimensions of the digitizer in section 7.
•
Added information about CR 30-Xm.
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
Not applicable
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012 Printed in Germany
Agfa Company Confidential
Document Node ID: 30879452
eq_11_install-planning_e_template_v08
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
DD+DIS229.10E
►
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Manufacturer
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright © 2012 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium,
or its affiliates.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see Agfa HealthCare Library > General Info > Agfa HealthCare > Publications >
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide
such services.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of a chapter of the Service Manual refer to the “Checklist for
Completeness” in the Agfa HealthCare Library.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 2 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
1
2
3
LIST OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................5
1.1
System Overview ......................................................................................................................5
1.2
Workflow of a CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm System .....................................................................6
SCOPE OF DELIVERY AND ACCESSORIES.........................................................................7
2.1
Scope of Delivery......................................................................................................................7
2.2
Accessories...............................................................................................................................8
ROOM PREPARATION............................................................................................................9
3.1
4
SYSTEM INTEGRATION .......................................................................................................10
4.1
5
6
7
8
Minimum required free Space for Operation and Maintenance................................................9
Integration of the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm into the Hospital Network ..................................10
CLIMATIC AND AMBIENT CONDITIONS..............................................................................12
5.1
Conditions during Transport and Storage...............................................................................12
5.2
Conditions during Operation ...................................................................................................13
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ..............................................................................................14
6.1
Electrical Connections at the Digitizer ....................................................................................17
6.2
Electrical Connections at the optional UPS ............................................................................17
DIGITIZER DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT ..............................................................................18
7.1
Digitizer with closed Covers....................................................................................................18
7.2
Digitizer with Front Cover opened...........................................................................................18
7.3
Dimensions of the Digitizer including Packaging ....................................................................19
7.4
Dimensions of the Pallet .........................................................................................................19
7.5
Weight of the Digitizer.............................................................................................................19
7.6
Dimensions of the All-in-one Cart (Optional) ..........................................................................20
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................21
8.1
Type Overview ........................................................................................................................21
8.2
Functional Data .......................................................................................................................22
8.3
Resolution ...............................................................................................................................22
8.4
Electrical Data of Digitizer.......................................................................................................23
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 3 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
1
2
3
8.5
Functional Data of the optional UPS.......................................................................................23
8.6
Climatic Data...........................................................................................................................23
8.7
Acoustic Noise Level...............................................................................................................23
8.8
Boot-up Time and Warm-up Time...........................................................................................24
8.9
Interface Data..........................................................................................................................24
8.10
Service Data............................................................................................................................24
8.11
Functional Data Image Plates.................................................................................................24
9
SAFETY STANDARDS...........................................................................................................25
10
INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST..............................................................................27
10.1
Installation Planning Checklist ................................................................................................27
10.2
Installation Readiness Checklist .............................................................................................29
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 4 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
1
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Product Description
This document describes the installation planning of the CR 30-X 2nd digitizer.
The CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 comprises the following subtypes:
•
Type 5175, subtype 200 = CR 30-X 2/60 Digitizer
•
Type 5175, subtype 205 = CR 30-X 2/35 Digitizer
•
Type 5175, subtype 220 = CR White 2/60 Digitizer
•
Type 5175, subtype 225 = CR White 2/35 Digitizer
The CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5179 comprises the following subtypes:
•
Type 5179, subtype 100 = CR 30-Xm
The differences between the different types are described in section 8.1 and 8.2.
For the installation of the complete system it is additionally required to perform
all steps described in the NX Workstation Installation Planning document.
Refer to the Agfa HealthCare Library:
<Computed Radiography Æ CR Workstation Software>
1.1
System Overview
The CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm digitizer is part of the CR system, consisting of:
•
Digitizer
•
Cassettes with Image Plate (IP)
•
NX Workstation
Digitizer
NX Workstation
Tower Version
Digitizer
NX Workstation
Laptop Version *
Cassette
Cassette
Figure 1
* Mammography application not available on the laptop version of the NX Workstation.
For compatibility of the Laptop Version check the CR/DR Interoperability Matrix,
Document ID 31333326 (Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 5 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
1.2
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Workflow of a CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm System
The following figure indicates a typical workflow of a CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm system:
1
Take exposure.
5
Take cassette
for next exposure.
2
Insert exposed cassette
in digitizer:
The image plate is prepared
for scanning
3
Go to NX Workstation
and select patient:
The digitizer starts scanning
4
Wait till image plate cycle
is finished (approximately 1 minute).
517502ah.cdr
Figure 2
Step 1:
Take the exposure.
Step 2:
Insert the exposed cassette into the digitizer.
Step 3:
Go to the NX workstation. Select the patient from the worklist and
select the ID* button. The IP** cycle starts.
Step 4:
Wait till the IP** cycle is finished.
For the CR 30-X 2nd subtypes 200 and 220 it takes approximately
1 minute.
For the CR 30-X 2nd subtypes 205 and 225 it takes approximately
1.5 minutes.
For the CR 30-Xm subtype 100 it takes approximately 2 minutes.
The digitizer sends the image data during scanning (i.e. during the
IP cycle) to the NX workstation.
Step 5:
Take out the cassette for the next examination.
*
ID = Identify
** IP = Image Plate
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 6 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
2
Scope of Delivery and Accessories
2.1
Scope of Delivery
Quantity
1
2
3
Description
1
Digitizer
1
Packing list for Accessory
1
CE declaration of conformity
1
Enclosure with information concerning RoHS*
1
Installation Procedure, DD+DIS148.11E
(Chapters 1 and 11 of the Technical Documentation)
1
Power cable, Europe 3.00 m
1
Power cable, US 3.00 m
1
Network cable 5 m / 16 feet long
1
1.5 mm CU filter
1
2.0 mm Al filter
1
USB stick with Software for the digitizer
1
Torx Key TX20
1
Torx Key TX45
1
CD with limit patterns for flatfield evaluation
1
CD with User Manuals in all specified languages**
* RoHS = Restriction of the use of certain Hazardous Substances
** Language: Chinese-simplified, Chinese-traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French,
German, Greek, Italian, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai,
Vietnamese, Estonian, Hungarian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Slovak, Slovenian, Turkish
IMPORTANT:
The digitizer is ordered and delivered with a dedicated NX workstation.
The CR 30-X 2nd requires at least NX2.0.8500 or higher, the CR 30-Xm requires
NX2.0.8600 or higher.
It is not possible to connect the digitizer to another type of Agfa CR workstation
(e.g. QS 3.5).
IMPORTANT:
The digitizer is delivered with two power cables for US/Europe. If digitizer is installed
outside the US or Europe, organize a power cable for your country locally.
For detailed specifications refer to section 6, Electrical Connections.
NOTE:
The digitizer is delivered with all parts, which are required to set up the device
into operation.
Number and format of cassettes / image plates are depending on the individual order.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 7 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
2.2
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Accessories
The following accessories are available for the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm digitizer:
Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.
Item
ABC Code
Comment
All-in-one cart
E2M3H
For dimensions refer to section 7.6.
UPS Powerware 5115,
120 V Version
EGPSE
UPS Powerware 5115,
220 V Version
EGPTG
Can be used for digitizer and NX.
For technical specifications refer to
section 8.
Mobile Kit
EWRQ5
See safety note below.
To be used in earthquake areas and in
mobile usage. May not be used in military
vessels.
Rear Mounting Plate
Retainers for digitizer feet
Base Plate
517511bb.cdr
Remote Service
Table
Not applicable See NOTE below.
EWRP3
For dimensions refer to section 3.1
NOTE to Accessory "Remote Service":
In general it is possible to diagnose and repair the digitizer to a certain extent remotely.
To enable remote service of the digitizer remote access has first to be organized.
Remote Access is established via the Agfa own Secure Remote Service System
(SRSS).
For more information to the SRSS see Agfa HealthCare Library*:
<Technical Services Æ Service Delivery Æ SRSS>
* Only applicable for Agfa Employees.
For external partners: Contact your local Agfa partner.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 8 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
3
Room Preparation
3.1
Minimum required free Space for Operation and Maintenance
1
2
3
CAUTION:
Reduced airflow may lead to pollution in the digitizer.
Keep a minimum of 5 cm (2 inches) between rear side of the digitizer and the wall.
At least 50 cm [19.7 in] space has to be provided on the right hand side to allow
cleaning of the scan line with the cleaning brush. This can be performed by the
customer.
NOTE:
The floor of the installation place must be stable and may not transmit mechanical
vibrations as e.g. footfall sound.
If installed on the optional All-in-one Cart the digitizer can also be installed in a corner;
see section 7.6, Dimensions of the All-in-one Cart.
> 50 [19.7]
> 5 [2.0] *
60 [23.6]
60 [23.6]
80 [31.5]
60 [23.6]
80 [31.5]
60 [23.6]
537511ac.ai
Figure 3: Scale 1:20; Dimensions are in cm [inch]
IMPORTANT:
*The clearance in the rear for electrical connectors and to provide sufficient air flow
has to be at least 5 cm [2.0 in] in any case.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 9 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
4
Installation Planning
1
2
3
System Integration
(1)
(2)
Download following documents before installation.
•
Solution Structure Data Document, Document ID* 30781759
(Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
•
CR/DR Interoperability Matrix, Document ID* 31333326,
(Intranet Link / Extranet Link)
By means of these documents check, whether the new ordered system
components and the already available equipment on site (if available) can be
used together in the system.
* Access the document by entering the document ID in the Agfa HealthCare Library search window,
or follow the direct link.
4.1
Integration of the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm into the Hospital Network
WARNING:
When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical
environments a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths
in different localities. If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can
cause a HAZARD for the OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.
•
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.
•
Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power
Source (UPS) as the PC.
WARNING:
The digitizer is heavy (72.0 kg; 158.73 lb). Risk of injuries when lifting the
digitizer.
•
At least two persons have to lift the digitizer from one position to the other.
•
When removing scanner only one person is needed to lift the digitizer from one
position to the other.
•
Use proper shoe and hand protection when lifting the digitizer.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 10 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
1
2
3
WARNING:
Excessive vibrations during scanning may decrease image quality.
The structure and stability of the used table need to be suitable in relation with the size
and weight of the system. The table may not be subject to excessive shock and
vibrations from other sources.
IMPORTANT:
•
Unpacking of the digitizer and putting on the table should be done by the
forwarder. For more information refer to the Unpacking instructions.
•
Recommended table height: 75 cm
•
Due to the workflow* of the system it is recommended to install digitizer and
NX workstation close together.
* The operator has to go from digitizer to the NX workstation and back to the digitizer for each
scan cycle.
•
If the laptop version of the NX workstation is used:
Do not place the laptop on top of the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm, because the
accumulated heat developed by the digitizer and the laptop may affect the
operation of the system.
The digitizer has to be connected to the NX workstation via network cable,
either directly or via hospital network
The NX workstation and the CR30-X 2nd or CR 30-Xm Digitizer always belong
together, meaning that each CR Digitizer has to be connected to one dedicated NX
workstation.
The following table gives information about the default parameter of Digitizer ex factory.
Parameter:
Default value:
Value:
IP Address:
192.192.192.192
..............................................
Subnet Mask:
255.255.255.0
..............................................
Gateway IP Address:
192.192.192.1
..............................................
AE Title:
DIG_DEFAULT
..............................................
Hostname:
192.192.192.192
..............................................
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 11 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
5
Climatic and ambient Conditions
5.1
Conditions during Transport and Storage
1
2
Environmental conditions
during storage
According IEC721-3-1: 1K2 (CR 30-X) / 1K4 (CR
30-Xm) and 1M2
Temperature
Minimum:
Maximum:
Environmental conditions
during transport
According IEC721-3-2: 2K2 and 2M2
Temperature
Minimum:
Maximum:
Vibration
5-200 Hz (vertical, longitudinal, transversal axis)
Environmental conditions for
mobile installation during
transport
According IEC 721-3-5: 5K2 and 5M2
Vibration
5-150 Hz (all axis), 1m/s², sinusoidal vibration
For transport in mobile
installations
(device unpacked, with wall
fixture kit, not in function)
According IEC TR 60721-4-5 (1997): class 5M2.
3
-25 °C (-13 °F)
+55 °C (131 °F)
-25 °C (-13 °F)
+60 °C (140 °F)
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 12 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
5.2
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Conditions during Operation
IMPORTANT:
Make sure that the digitizer is not exposed to any vibrations or shocks during
operation.
Ambient temperature
Recommended: 20 °C (68 °F) to 25 °C (77 °F)
Allowed:
15 °C (59 °F) to 30 °C (86 °F)
Temperature change
Maximum:
Relative humidity
Recommended: 30 % to 60 %
Allowed:
15 % to 75 % (non-condensing)
Magnetic field
Maximum 3.8 µT in conformance with
EN6100-4-8: Level 2
Radiation influences
If the digitizer is installed in the x-ray room,
it has to be protected against scatter radiation.
Environmental conditions for
mobile installation during
operation
According IEC721-3-3: 3K2 and 3M1
Temperature
Minimum:
Maximum:
+15 °C (59 °F)
+30 °C (86 °F)
Relative humidity
Minimum:
Maximum:
15 %
75 %
Vibration
40-200 Hz; 1m/s²; sinusoidal vibration
0,5 °C/min
WARNING:
Image plate is sensitive for X-rays. Poor image quality possible.
The digitizer and the cassette storage shall be protected against X-ray radiation this
way, that the annual dose equivalent at the installation place will not exceed 1 mSv.
Ambient Light
(Environmental light condition)
The digitizer may not be operated in direct
sun light. No influence on image quality is
guaranteed if operated in ambient light of
maximum 2500 Lux.
High Frequency Emission and
Immunity
For detailed information refer to the digitizer
user manual.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 13 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
6
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Electrical Connections
WARNING:
Electrical device. Shock possible.
INSTRUCTION:
•
•
Position the Agfa products so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection if required.
Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies
and voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or
their engineers.
Electrical installations have to be done in accordance with
national regulations or statutory requirements, e.g.:
Installation
guidelines
VDE:
(Germany)
Electrical installations in the installation room
must be in compliance with the regulations IEC
364, VDE 0100, and VDE 0107.
UL: (US)
Electrical installations in the installation room
must be in compliance with the regulations:
“National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA70).
Mains connection
in the installation
room
VDE:
(Germany)
Double earthed pin outlet in compliance with
DIN 49441 and with CEE 7 standard cover V II.
UL: (US)
Earthed contact outlet for the NEMA 5-15 P plug
Mains cable
(part of delivery)
EuroVersion:
CEE7/7 - H05VV F3G1 - 3 x 1 mm² with
IEC C13 plug (female);
cable length 3 m
CEE7/7
IEC C13
5175_C11_001.cdr
US/CANVersion:
NEMA 5-15P - SJT,
3 x AWG 18 with
IEC C13 plug (female);
Cable length 3 m,
Hospital grade (HG)
IEC C13
NEMA 5-15P
5175_C11_002.cdr
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 14 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
1
2
3
NOTE:
The digitizer is delivered with two power cables for US/Europe. If a different cable is
needed, organize it locally but keep attention to country specific requirements.
Example:
Power cable to be organized locally for US/CAN, if a connection to a 240 V-outlet
instead of the standard 120 V-outlet is needed:
NEMA 6-15P - SJT,3 x AWG 18 with IEC C13 connector (female); Hospital grade (HG)
Network cable
(part of delivery)
UTP; AWG24; Length: 5 m
Mains switch
Upon digitizer installation, it must be ensured that either the
mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the
installation on site is located close to the machine and easily
accessible.
Cables for the optional UPS:
NOTE:
The following cables listed in the tables on next page are only used for the
recommended UPS Powerware 5115. If another UPS Powerware model is used the
cables may change.
For more Information refer to provided UPS Manual.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 15 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
UPS Powerware 5115
230 V Version*
1
Serial cable; part of UPS delivery
2
Extension cable (1.8 m); part of UPS delivery
3
Extension cable (1.8 m); part of UPS delivery
4
Mains cable; part of digitizer delivery
1
2
3
*Check which UPS Powerware is needed for the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm installation. If another UPS
Powerware version needs to be used, the cables listed in the table may change.
230 V (220 - 240 V) Version
Type 5115 - 750i
2
1
3
4
to wall outlet
Figure 4
UPS Powerware 5115
120 V Version*
5
Mains cable; part of digitizer delivery
6
Mains cable; part of NX delivery
7
Serial cable; part of UPS delivery
8
Fixed SJT, 3 x AGW 18 with NEMA 5-15 P
plug: 1.8 m
*Check which UPS Powerware is needed for the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm installation. If another UPS
Powerware version needs to be used, the cables listed in the table may change.
120 V (110 - 120 V) Version
Type 5115 - 750
7
5
6
8
to wall outlet
Figure 5
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 16 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
6.1
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Electrical Connections at the Digitizer
The following figure shows the electrical connections at the digitizer:
Power Supply Input
100 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz AC
Mains Switch
Intergrounding
Connector
Network Connector
517511ad.cdr
Figure 6
6.2
Electrical Connections at the optional UPS
The following Figure shows an example of the electrical connections
at the optional UPS:
230 V (220 - 240 V) Version
Type 5115 - 750i
Serial Port
(to NX Workstation)
120 V (110 - 120 V) Version
Type 5115 - 750
Serial Port
(to NX Workstation)
Four 5 - 15
Receptacles
Four 10 A, IEC-320
Receptacles
Power cord ( 6ft / 1.8 m)
with 5 - 15 Plug
10 A, IEC-320
Input Connector
517511aj.cdr
Figure 7
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 17 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
7
Digitizer Dimensions and Weight
7.1
Digitizer with closed Covers
1
2
3
Dimensions in cm [inch]
52.5 [20.7]
78.6 [30.9]
69.3 [27.2]
Figure 8
7.2
Length
78.6 cm / 30.9 inch
Width
69.3 cm / 27.2 inch
Height
52.5 cm / 20.7 inch
Digitizer with Front Cover opened
Dimensions in cm [inch]
52.5 [20.7]
100.2 [39.5]
69.3 [27.2]
Figure 9
Length
100.2 cm / 39.5 inch
Width
69.3 cm / 27.2 inch
Height
52.5 cm / 20.7 inch
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 18 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
7.3
7.4
7.5
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Dimensions of the Digitizer including Packaging
Length
90 cm / 35.4 inch
Width
80 cm / 31.5 inch
Height
69 cm / 27.2 inch
Dimensions of the Pallet
Length
90 cm / 35.4 inch
Width
80 cm / 31.5 inch
Height inclusive palette
15 cm / 6 inch
Weight of the Digitizer
Digitizer alone
72.0 kg / 158.73 lb
Digitizer with packing inclusive
palette
106.5 kg / 234.8 lb
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 19 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
7.6
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Dimensions of the All-in-one Cart (Optional)
For the CR 30-X 2nd / CR 30-Xm digitizer is an All-in-one Cart available.
NOTE:
The already existing All-in-one Cart of the CR 30-X digitizer (Type 5175 / 100 / 105 /
110 / 120 / 125) with SN < 3.000 requires the installation of an "Adaptor base plate" to
make them compatible for the CR 30-X 2nd (Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225) or
CR 30-Xm (Type 5179 / 100) digitizer.
The adaptor base plate can be ordered with spare part number*: CM+6027470
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of this document.
When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
IMPORTANT:
If the customer uses a different table, observe the stability of the table: It must be able
to carry the weight of 72.0 kg (158.73 lb) and may not be subject to excessive shock
and vibrations from other sources.
WARNING:
Excessive vibrations during scanning may decrease image quality.
The structure and stability of the used table need to be suitable in relation with the size
and weight of the system. The table may not be subject to excessive shock and
vibrations from other sources.
The All-in-one cart consists of:
•
Table for digitizer
•
Storage for cassettes
•
Storage of NX workstation, inclusive:
•
o
Monitor
o
Keyboard
o
Mouse
Storage of optional UPS
Figure 10
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 20 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
1
2
3
155 cm [61 1"]
Dimensions of the All-in-one Cart:
.
LEFT
75,7 cm [29 8"]
FRONT
.
77,0 cm [30 3"]
70,0 cm [27.6"]
.
TOP
5175_c11_002.ai
Figure 11: Dimensions in cm [inch]
8
Specifications
8.1
Type Overview
Type
ABC Code
Serial Number
5175 / 200
5QTR4
≥ 50.001
5175 / 205
5RVQK
≥ 80.001
5175 / 220
5RVRM
≥ 70.001
5175 / 225
5RVSO
≥ 85.001
5179 / 100
5SDMH
≥ 1.001
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 21 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
8.2
Installation Planning
2
3
Functional Data
Cassette Type
CR MD4.0T
General plate
and cassette
(GenRad PIP)
CR MD4.0T
FLFS cassette
(GenRad PIP)
CR MM3.0T
Mammo plate
and cassette
Format
(cm)
Resolution
(pixel/mm)
Width x Length
(pixels)
Width x Length
(mm)
15 x 30
10
1440 x 2928
144.0 x 292.8
18 x 24
10
1728 x 2328
172.8 x 232.8
24 x 30
10
2328 x 2928
232.8 x 292.8
35 x 35
10
3480 x 3480
348.0 x 348.0
35 x 43
10
3480 x 4248
348.0 x 424.8
35 x 43
10
3480 x 4406
348.0 x 440.6
24 x 30
20
4710 x 5844
471.0 x 584.4
18 x 24
20
3510 x 4644
351.0 x 464.4
Throughput
8.3
1
Cassette Format
Minimum Number of
Cassettes per hour
Type 5175 / 200
35 x 43
60
Type 5175 / 205
35 x 43
35
Type 5175 / 220
35 x 43
60
Type 5175 / 225
35 x 43
35
Type 5179 / 100
24 x 30
32
Resolution
Bits per pixel / number of grey steps
16 / 65535
Scan Resolution
50 / 100 μm depending on
used image plate
(Mammo / Genrad)
Data acquisition
20 Bits/Pixel
Output to processor
16 Bits/Pixel square root
compressed
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 22 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
8.4
8.5
Installation Planning
2
3
Electrical Data of Digitizer
Rated voltage
100 - 240 V AC (autosensing)
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Current
1.0 A – 2.0 A
Functional Data of the optional UPS
Frequency
120 V = Default
110 V = User adjustable via rear panel
DIP switches
230 V = Default
220 or 240 V = User adjustable via rear
panel DIP switch
50/60 Hz (autosensing)
Battery runtime
> 5 min
Output Power
750 W
Dimensions (HxWxD)
192 x 150 x 270 mm /
7.6 x 5.9 x 10.6 inch
Weight
7.8 kg / 17.2 lb
More info
Refer to www.powerware.com
Rated voltage UPS Powerware
5115-750 (ABC Code: EGPSE)*
Rated voltage UPS Powerware
5115-750i (ABC Code: EGPTG)*
8.6
1
Climatic Data
CR 30-X 2nd
Standby:
60 W = 204 BTU/h
Heat emission
Maximum:
190 W = 648 BTU/h
Average of one cycle: 85 W = 290 BTU/h
CR 30-Xm
Standby:
60 W = 204 BTU/h
Heat emission
Maximum:
220 W = 751 BTU/h
Average of one cycle: 103 W = 351 BTU/h
8.7
Acoustic Noise Level
Acoustic Noise Level
Standby:
55 dB(A) maximum
according ISO 7779
During scanning:
65 dB(A) maximum
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 23 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
8.8
Installation Planning
2
3
Boot-up Time and Warm-up Time
Fully operational after max. 30 min.
Fully operational after self-test, on condition
that the digitizer:
• has not been switched off for more than 3
minutes.
• has been operational for at least 30
minutes.
Cold start
Warm start
8.9
1
Interface Data
Ethernet, RJ45 connector (female),
10/100 Mbit/s autosensing *,
shielding CAT5
Interface to NX workstation
* Gigabit Ethernet is not supported.
8.10
8.11
Service Data
Info counter
Yes
Service User Interface via Browser access
Yes
Remote / preventive service capable
Yes
Functional Data Image Plates
CR MD4.0T
Image plate type
Image retention
Within 1 hour
Recommended readout time
After 2 hours
80 % of the stored energy is still present with
no visible loss of information upon readout.
After 24 hours
Image retention still exceeds 50 %.
Slightly reduced images quality
CR MM3.0T
Image plate type
Image retention
Within 1 hour
Recommended readout time
After 2 hours
80 % of the stored energy is still present with
no visible loss of information upon readout.
After 24 hours
Image retention still exceeds 50 %.
Slightly reduced images quality
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 24 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
9
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Safety Standards
The digitizer complies with:
North American Standards
Federal Communications Commission
Canadian Standards Association
Underwriters Laboratories
Code of Federal Regulations
EMC*
Safety
•
ISO 14971:2009, Medical
devices - Application of risk
management to medical devices.
European Norm and International
Standards
European Norm
International Electrotechnical Commission
•
EN 540: 1993
•
EN 980: 2008
•
EN 1041: 2008
•
ISO 18906: 2000
•
EN ISO 13485: 2003 / AC: 2009
•
UL 60601-1:2003
•
IEC 60601-1 / EN 60601-1
•
CAN / CSA 22.2 No. 601.1
•
IEC 60601-1-1:2000 /
EN 60601-1-1:2001
•
IEC 62304:2006 /
EN 62304:2006
•
IEC 60601-1-6:2006 /
EN 60601-1-1:2007
•
IEC 60601-1-2: 2007 /
EN 60601-1-2:2007
•
ISO 14971:2009, Medical devices Application of risk management to
medical devices
•
IEC 62079 Ed. 1: Preparation of
instructions - Structuring, content
and presentation
Additional
* EMC = Electromagnetic Compatibility
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 25 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
1
2
3
The leakage current limits for which this device is tested, excludes installation in the
patient vicinity. Therefore the equipment must be placed outside the patient vicinity
according to the local valid regulation (UL 60601-1 or EN 60601-1).
The patient vicinity is defined as follows:
• UL 60601-1:
o 1.83 m (6 feet) beyond the perimeter of the bed (examination table, dental chair,
treatment booth, and the like)
o Vertical 2.29 m (7.5 feet) above the floor
•
EN 60601-1:
o 1.5 m (4.9 feet) beyond the perimeter of the bed (examination table, dental
chair, treatment booth, and the like)
o Vertical 2.5 m (8.2 feet) above the floor
R
Patient vicinity
h
Patient vicinity
patient_vicinity.cdr
R = 1.5 m / 4.9 feet (EN 60601-1) or 1.83 m / 6 feet (UL 60601-1)
h = 2.5 m / 8.2 feet (EN 60601-1) or 2.29 m / 7.5 feet (UL 60601-1)
Figure 12
•
Other equipment that is in contact with the patient is not connected directly
to the Agfa system without additional protective measures.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 26 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
10
Installation Planning Checklist
10.1
Installation Planning Checklist
#
Step
Goal
1.
Ask the Agfa sales
representative for a
contact person in
the hospital.
To schedule an installation date
with the customer.
Make yourself
familiar with the
System Overview.
To see in which environment the
digitizer will be installed.
Make yourself
familiar with the
scope of delivery.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Section
OK
1
2
3
Task
code*
-
PRI**
0
PRI
Basic information, to see
whether additional, site specific
material for installation might be
required.
2.1
PRI
Make yourself
familiar with the
digitizer
specifications.
Hospital employees are involved
in installation and operation of
the digitizer and the list about
technical specifications.
8
PRI
Check the digitizer
safety standards
and regulations.
Customer / Operator knows the
safety standards and regulations
of the digitizer.
9
PRI
Check the machine
dimensions.
To check the transport path and
the desired installation place for
sufficient space.
7
PRI
Ensure the required
free space around
the digitizer.
Installation location complies
with the requirements for
minimum floor space for
operation and service.
3.1
PRI
To get the list of ordered
equipment that needs to be
installed.
* Task Code, only applicable for Agfa employees
** PRI = Pre-Installation
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 27 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
Installation Planning
#
Step
Goal
8.
Make an
appointment with
the network
administrator and
check the network
access. Initiate to
establish necessary
amount of IP
addresses at
installation time.
Physical network access is
granted.
Make an
appointment with
the radiologist for
operator training.
Operators are available for
training at date.
Section
OK
1
2
3
Task
code*
IP addresses at hand during
installation
-
PRI
-
PRI
10. If applicable make
Hospital technician available and
an appointment with prepared to perform mounting of
the hospital
earthquake kit during installation.
technician to mount
the earthquake kit.
-
PRI
11. Make an
appointment with
the hospital
technician to define
delivery and
transport path.
Knowing where the device will
arrive.
-
PRI
12. Compare the
required ambient
and climatic
conditions with the
condition at the
installation place.
Environmental conditions at the
installation location complies
with the operation conditions of
the digitizer.
8.6
PRI
6
PRI
10.2
PRI
9.
Hospital network sockets
operational at installation point in
time
Knowing the transport path;
clarifying eventual needs for
transportation means.
13. Make an
To be able to initiate all required
appointment with
prerequisites in advance to allow
the house electrician proper electrical connections.
or the authorized
electrician and
check the required
electrical
connection.
14. Check the
installation
readiness during
follow up visit.
To be sure that all required preinstallation conditions are
fulfilled.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 28 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
10.2
Installation Planning
1
2
3
Installation Readiness Checklist
In order to guarantee an effective and smooth installation process within the targeted
time frame, the following tasks of the checklist below must be carried out prior to the
installation of the device.
Check and discuss all the required measures for the installation by means of this
checklist. Remarks on the individual items can be noted on the back of the list.
For Agfa employees only:
After completion hand out this checklist to your local Agfa representative.
Name of Field
Service Engineer:
Checking date:
Client name:
Client address:
Contact person,
name and title:
Client phone
number:
Extension:
Type of systems:
Order / OGT*
number:
* OGT = Order Generation Tool, only applicable for Agfa employees
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 29 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
DD+DIS229.10E
1
Installation Planning
Task
OK
2
3
Task code*
OGT = Order Generation Tool, only applicable for
Agfa employees
Installation date scheduled with the customer.
Tasks of Installation Planning Checklist performed
successfully.
Details see section 10.1:
Installation Planning Checklist
Installation Site ready for Installation
PRI**
PRI**
-
* Task Code, only applicable for Agfa employees
** PRI = Pre-Installation
Remarks:
Signature of Field Service Engineer: _______________________________________
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa HealthCare Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 1, Revision 1
02-2012
CR 30-X 2nd, Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
Chapter 11 / Page 30 of 30
CR 30-Xm, Type 5179 / 100
Agfa Company Confidential
CR 30-Xm
DD+DIS230.10E
Type 5179 / 100
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
1. Edition
CR 30-Xm
DD+DIS230.10E
Type 5179 / 100
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
1. Edition
CR 30-Xm
DD+DIS230.10E
Type 5179 / 100
CR 30-X 2nd
Type 5175 / 200 / 205 / 220 / 225
1. Edition